WO2021136147A1 - Method and system for positioning preset region of shared device - Google Patents

Method and system for positioning preset region of shared device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021136147A1
WO2021136147A1 PCT/CN2020/139958 CN2020139958W WO2021136147A1 WO 2021136147 A1 WO2021136147 A1 WO 2021136147A1 CN 2020139958 W CN2020139958 W CN 2020139958W WO 2021136147 A1 WO2021136147 A1 WO 2021136147A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
preset
information
area
shared device
return area
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/139958
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
彭颖茵
王昌鹏
陈燕莉
�田�浩
Original Assignee
北京骑胜科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201911420057.6A external-priority patent/CN111861829A/en
Priority claimed from CN201911408189.7A external-priority patent/CN111867052B/en
Priority claimed from CN201911414835.0A external-priority patent/CN111862473B/en
Application filed by 北京骑胜科技有限公司 filed Critical 北京骑胜科技有限公司
Publication of WO2021136147A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021136147A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01CMEASURING DISTANCES, LEVELS OR BEARINGS; SURVEYING; NAVIGATION; GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS; PHOTOGRAMMETRY OR VIDEOGRAMMETRY
    • G01C25/00Manufacturing, calibrating, cleaning, or repairing instruments or devices referred to in the other groups of this subclass

Definitions

  • This application relates to the technical field of shared devices, and in particular to a method and system for locating a preset area of a shared device.
  • Shared service applications such as shared cars, shared bicycles, shared power banks, etc.
  • shared service applications are favored by more users due to the convenience of their services.
  • the user needs to return the shared device to the designated area after using the shared device, so as to facilitate the use of other users and the unified maintenance of the device.
  • the product is returned at a fixed point, due to factors such as the limited area of the designated area or inaccurate positioning, the user may not be able to return successfully, resulting in low efficiency in returning the shared product and reducing the user experience.
  • One of the embodiments of the present application provides a method for locating a preset area of a shared device.
  • the method includes: obtaining signal information of the shared device; at least based on the signal information, determining whether the shared device is located in a preset algorithm through a preset algorithm. In the return area; in response to the shared device being located in the preset return area, allowing the shared device to return.
  • One of the embodiments of the present application provides a system for locating a preset area of a shared device.
  • the system includes: an acquisition module, configured to acquire signal information of the shared device; The algorithm determines whether the shared device is located in the preset return area; the transmission module is configured to allow the shared device to be returned in response to the shared device being located in the preset return area.
  • the signal information includes wireless signal information of the shared device; the determining whether the shared device is located in the preset return area at least based on the signal information through the preset algorithm includes : Input the wireless signal information of the shared device into the first learning model to determine the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area; responding to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is greater than the first learning model A preset threshold determines that the shared device is located in the preset return area.
  • the wireless signal information includes wifi signal information; the acquiring the signal information of the shared device includes: receiving a wifi signal list scanned by a wireless module of the sharing device, and the wifi signal list includes: wifi signal Name and corresponding wifi signal strength.
  • the first learning model is obtained by the following method: constructing a training data set, the training data set includes: a plurality of first shared devices that are the same as the shared device are in the preset return area Wireless signal information collected when returning, and wireless signal information collected when multiple second shared devices identical to the shared device are not returned in the preset return area; characterize the data in the training data set Extracting to obtain first feature information; inputting the first feature information to an initial learning model for iterative training to obtain the first learning model.
  • the method further includes: in response to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold, determining that the shared device is located in the preset return area Outside; and, sending reminder information to the user corresponding to the sharing device to prompt the user to search for the return area again.
  • the method further includes: acquiring GPS signal information of the shared device; and in response to the signal strength of the GPS signal information being greater than a second preset threshold, sending return area recommendation information to the user.
  • the method further includes: receiving return feedback of the shared device, the return feedback including: the shared device cannot be returned within the preset return area, the wireless signal information acquisition fails; Return the feedback for review, and if the review is passed, record the number and location information of the shared device.
  • the method further includes: sending the number and the location information of the shared device to a terminal of an administrator, so that the administrator can maintain the shared device.
  • the method further includes: in response to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold, and the return success information of the shared device is received, recording the shared device The number of erroneous return times of the user of the device is increased by 1; and, according to the number of erroneous return times, the price of the user's next use of the shared device or similar shared devices is determined.
  • the signal information includes location information of the shared device; the determining whether the shared device is located in the preset return area at least based on the signal information through the preset algorithm includes : Obtain the second characteristic information of the preset return area corresponding to the location information of the shared device; determine the redundancy value of the preset return area through a second learning model at least according to the second characteristic information; The redundancy value and the preset return area determine whether the shared device is located in the preset return area.
  • the second learning model is obtained by: acquiring second characteristic information of the sample return area; and determining the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area According to the second feature information of the sample return area; and, the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area, perform model training to obtain the second learning model.
  • the second characteristic information of the sample return area includes: road condition information and shared device information of the return area; and the second characteristic information of the sample return area is determined according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area.
  • the redundancy value includes: determining the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the road condition information of the sample return area and the shared device information.
  • the road condition information of the return area includes at least one of the following information: the width of the road in the return area, the proportion of the residential area within a preset range of the return area, and the closest distance to the return area The distance to the business area of the return area, the historical traffic information in the return area, and the location characteristics of the return area;
  • the shared device information of the return area includes at least one of the following information: the number of shared devices in the return area, The shared device outflow information in the return area and the shared device inflow information in the return area are described.
  • the second characteristic information of the sample return area includes traffic control information of the return area; the determining the redundancy corresponding to the sample return area according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area The value includes: determining the maximum redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the traffic control information of the sample return area; adjust the initial redundancy value according to the maximum redundancy value to obtain the sample return area For the corresponding redundancy value, the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area is less than or equal to the maximum redundancy value.
  • the determining whether the shared device is located in the preset return area according to the redundancy value and the preset return area includes: obtaining user information corresponding to the shared device; The user information adjusts the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area to obtain the adjusted redundancy value; determines the target return area according to the adjusted redundancy value and the preset return area; responding When the location of the shared device is within the target return area, it is determined that the shared device is located within the preset return area.
  • the user information includes: the user's credit information, and/or the user's historical order information.
  • the method further includes: sending an information prompt to a user corresponding to the sharing device based on the positional relationship between the sharing device and the preset area.
  • the information prompt reflects the location relationship between the shared device and the preset area and/or the charging policy of the shared device.
  • the sending an information prompt to a user corresponding to the sharing device based on the positional relationship between the sharing device and the preset area includes: if the sharing device is located in the first preset area and satisfies If the shared device is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset condition, then send the second prompt information to the user; if the shared device is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset condition, send the second prompt information to the user; If the shared device is located in the third preset area, then third prompt information is sent to the user; wherein, the first preset area is the preset return area, and the second preset area is forbidden to place the shared device Area, the third preset area is an area outside the first preset area and the second preset area.
  • the information prompt includes at least one of the following: a first charging policy of the shared device, the first charging policy indicating that the shared device is located in the first preset area A charging strategy; a second charging strategy of the shared device, where the second charging strategy indicates a charging strategy when the shared device is located in the third preset area.
  • the first charging policy is determined in the following manner: acquiring the location of the shared device and the boundary of the first preset area The minimum distance of the location point; according to the minimum distance and the mapping relationship between the preset distance and the charging strategy, the first charging strategy corresponding to the minimum distance is determined.
  • the first charging policy includes a free use policy and/or a preferential use policy corresponding to the user behavior.
  • One of the embodiments of the present application provides a device for locating a preset area of a shared device.
  • the device includes at least one processor and at least one memory; the at least one memory is used to store computer instructions; the at least one processor is used to execute At least some of the computer instructions are used to implement the preset area locating method of the shared device as described above.
  • One of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer instructions. After the computer reads the computer instructions in the storage medium, the computer executes the previously described method for locating a preset area of a shared device .
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a preset area positioning system of a shared device according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of exemplary hardware components and/or software components of an exemplary computing device according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of exemplary hardware components and/or software components of an exemplary terminal device according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 4 is an exemplary module diagram of an exemplary processing device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is an exemplary flow chart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Fig. 6 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a wifi signal list according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIGS. 8 and 9 are schematic diagrams of display interfaces of terminal devices according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is an exemplary flow chart of a method for determining a first learning model according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is an exemplary flowchart of a second learning model determination method according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 14 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for determining a first charging policy according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • system is a method for distinguishing different components, elements, parts, parts, or assemblies of different levels.
  • the words can be replaced by other expressions.
  • Application scenarios of different embodiments of the present application may include, but are not limited to, one or more web pages, browser plug-ins and/or extensions, user terminals, customized systems, internal company analysis systems, artificial intelligence robots, etc., or any combination thereof. It should be understood that the application scenarios of the system and method disclosed herein are only some examples or embodiments. Those with ordinary skills in this field can apply these methods to other application scenarios without further creative efforts. For example, other similar servers.
  • the location and/or trajectory of the user in the present application can be obtained by the positioning technology embedded in the user terminal, and the location and/or trajectory of the shared device can be obtained by the positioning technology embedded in the shared device.
  • the positioning technology used in this application may include Global Positioning System (GPS), Global Navigation Satellite System (GLONASS), Beidou Navigation System (COMPASS), Galileo Positioning System (GLONASS), Quasi-Zenith Satellite System (QZSS), base station positioning technology , Wi-Fi positioning technology, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • GPS Global Positioning System
  • GLONASS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • COMPASS Beidou Navigation System
  • GLONASS Galileo Positioning System
  • QZSS Quasi-Zenith Satellite System
  • base station positioning technology Wi-Fi positioning technology, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • Wi-Fi positioning technology etc.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a preset area positioning system of a shared device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the preset area positioning system 100 of the shared device may include a server 110, a network 120, a client 130, a shared device 140 and a storage 150.
  • the server 110 may obtain the signal information (for example, location information, wireless network information, etc.) of the shared device from the user terminal 130 or the sharing device 140, and determine whether the sharing device 140 is returning by default based on at least the signal information.
  • the shared device 140 is allowed to return at the current location.
  • the server 110 may determine the shared device 140 and the preset area (for example, the first preset area, the second preset area, and the third preset area) based on the location information of the shared device acquired from the shared device 140. Based on the location relationship between regions, etc., corresponding prompt information (for example, first prompt information, second prompt information, third prompt information, etc.) is sent to the sharing device 140 based on the position relationship.
  • the preset area for example, the first preset area, the second preset area, and the third preset area
  • the server 110 may process data and/or information obtained from at least one component of the system 100 (for example, the client 130, the shared device 140, and the storage 150) or an external data source (for example, a cloud data center).
  • the server 110 may be local or remote.
  • the server 110 may access information and/or data stored in the client 130, the sharing device 140, and the storage 150 via the network 120.
  • the server 110 may directly connect to the client 130, the sharing device 140, and the storage 150 to access the data and/or information stored therein.
  • the server 110 may be implemented on a cloud platform.
  • the cloud platform may include private cloud, public cloud, hybrid cloud, community cloud, distributed cloud, internal cloud, multi-layer cloud, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the server 110 may be a server or a server group.
  • the server group may be centralized, such as a data center.
  • the server group may also be distributed, such as a distributed system.
  • the server 110 may include a processing device 112.
  • the processing device 112 may process information and/or data related to the shared device to perform one or more functions described in this specification. For example, the processing device 112 may obtain its signal information from the sharing device 140, determine whether the sharing device 140 is located in the preset return area based on the signal information, and determine whether to allow the sharing device 140 to be returned at the current location based on the determination result.
  • the processing device 112 may include at least one processing unit (for example, a single-core processing engine or a multi-core processing engine).
  • the processing device 112 includes a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an application-specific instruction set processor (ASIP), a graphics processing unit (GPU), a physical processing unit (PPU), and a digital signal processor.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • ASIP application-specific instruction set processor
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • PPU physical processing unit
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • PLD Programmable Logic Device
  • Controller Microcontroller Unit
  • RISC Reduced Instruction Set Computer
  • the processing device 112 may be a part of the client 130 and/or the sharing device 140.
  • the processing device 112 may be integrated in the user terminal 130 to obtain and process information such as the user's location information, the user's personal information, and the user's historical order data.
  • the processing device 112 may be integrated in the sharing device 140 to obtain signal information of the sharing device 140, and at least based on the signal information, determine whether the sharing device 140 is located in the preset return area through a preset algorithm, and respond to The sharing device 140 is located in the preset return area, allowing the sharing device 140 to be returned at the current location.
  • the network 120 may provide channels for information exchange.
  • the network 120 may be a single network or a combination of multiple networks.
  • the network 120 may include a cable network, a wired network, an optical fiber network, a telecommunication network, an internal network, the Internet, a local area network (LAN), a wide area network (WAN), a wireless local area network (WLAN), a metropolitan area network ( MAN), Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), Bluetooth Network, Zigbee Network, Near Field Communication (NFC) Network, Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) Network, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) Network, Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) Network, general packet radio service (GPRS) network, enhanced data rate GSM evolution (EDGE) network, broadband code division multiple access (WCDMA) network, high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) network, long-term evolution (LTE) network, User Datagram Protocol (UDP) network, Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) network, Short Message Service (SMS) network, Wireless Application
  • the network 120 may include one or more network access points.
  • the network 120 may include wired or wireless network access points, such as base stations and/or Internet exchange points 120-1, 120-2, ..., and one or more components of the system 100 may be connected to the network 120 through the access points. To exchange data and/or information.
  • the owner of the user terminal 130 may be the user himself or someone other than the user himself.
  • the owner A of the user terminal 130 may use the user terminal 130 to send a service request for the user B, and/or receive service confirmation and/or information or instructions from the server 110.
  • the user terminal 130 may include various types of devices with information receiving and/or sending functions.
  • the user terminal 130 may include, but is not limited to, a tablet computer 130-1, a notebook computer 130-2, a mobile device 130-3, a desktop computer, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the client 130 can process information and/or data.
  • the user terminal 130 may be a device with a positioning function, so that the location related information of the user terminal 130 may be provided.
  • the location-related information may include location, altitude, speed, acceleration, time, and so on.
  • the system 100 may also include other devices with positioning functions (for example, satellite positioning devices, GPS positioning devices), and these devices may interact with components in the system 100 (for example, the user terminal 130, the sharing device 140, etc.) Communicate to determine information about its location.
  • the client 130 may be used to receive and display the prompt information sent by the server 110.
  • the user terminal 130 may include a short-range communication device. Short-distance communication technology refers to wireless communication technology that works in a local range with a distance of millimeters to kilometers.
  • short-range communication devices can be based on Huawei Hilink protocol, WiFi (IEEE 802.11 protocol), Mesh, Bluetooth, ZigBee, Thread, Z-Wave, NFC (Near Field Communication), UWB (No Carrier Communication) Technologies, such as Ultra Wideband, LiFi (Light Fidelity), etc., realize wireless communication with the shared device 140.
  • the shared device 140 may include, but is not limited to, shared bicycles 140-1, shared motorcycles 140-2, shared power banks 140-3, shared electric motorcycles, shared cars, shared umbrellas, shared skateboards and other shared items.
  • the sharing device 140 may include a communication port, and the communication port may implement network communication with the server 110, the user terminal 130, and the like. For example, it connects with the server 110 via a mobile communication network, receives various control instructions, prompt information, etc. issued by the server 110, or uploads its own status information to the server 110, including but not limited to location information, wifi signal information, and battery Remaining battery, moving speed, etc.
  • a short-distance communication device may be integrated in the sharing device 140, and short-distance communication is implemented with the user terminal 130 through the short-distance communication device.
  • the sharing device 140 may have signal connections with various sensors on the sharing device, and may also have signal connections with various execution components on the sharing device. For example, when the shared device 140 is a shared bicycle, it may have a signal connection with the lock, indicator light, sound device and other components on the shared vehicle to control the opening or closing of the lock, indicator light, sound device and other components.
  • the sharing device 140 may include an input device and an output device.
  • Exemplary input devices may include a keyboard, a mouse, a touch screen, a microphone, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • Exemplary output devices may include display devices, speakers, printers, projectors, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • Exemplary display devices may include liquid crystal displays (LCD), light emitting diode (LED)-based displays, flat panel displays, curved displays, television equipment, cathode ray tubes (CRT), etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the shared device 140 may include a positioning device for providing location-related information (for example, GPS signal information) of the shared device. Exemplary location-related information may include location, altitude, speed, acceleration, time, and so on.
  • the sharing device 140 may include a wireless module for scanning wireless information, for example, wifi signal information.
  • the memory 150 may store data and/or instructions that can be executed or used by the processing device 112 to complete the exemplary methods described in this specification.
  • the memory 150 may include mass memory, removable memory, volatile read-write memory, read-only memory (ROM), etc., or any combination thereof.
  • Exemplary mass storage devices may include magnetic disks, optical disks, solid state disks, and the like.
  • Exemplary removable storage may include flash drives, floppy disks, optical disks, memory cards, compact disks, magnetic tapes, and the like.
  • An exemplary volatile read-write memory may include random access memory (RAM).
  • Exemplary RAM may include dynamic random access memory (DRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (DDRSDRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), thyristor random access memory (T-RAM), zero capacitance Random access memory (Z-RAM), etc.
  • Exemplary read-only memory may include mask-type read-only memory (MROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (PEROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), CD-ROM, digital versatile disk read-only memory, etc.
  • the storage 150 may be implemented on a cloud platform.
  • the cloud platform may include private cloud, public cloud, hybrid cloud, community cloud, distributed cloud, internal cloud, multi-layer cloud, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • At least one component in the system 100 can access data or instructions stored in the memory 150 via the network 120.
  • the storage 150 may be directly connected to the server 110 as a back-end storage. In some embodiments, the storage 150 may be a part of the server 110, the client 130, and/or the shared device 140.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of exemplary hardware components and/or software components of an exemplary computing device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the computing device 200 may include a processor 210, a memory 220, an input/output 230, and a communication port 240.
  • the processor 210 can execute calculation instructions (program code) and perform the functions of the preset area positioning system 100 described in the present invention.
  • the calculation instructions may include programs, objects, components, data structures, procedures, modules, and functions (the functions refer to the specific functions described in the present invention).
  • the processor 210 may process image or text data obtained from any other components of the system 100.
  • the processor 210 may include a microcontroller, a microprocessor, a reduced instruction set computer (RISC), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an application specific instruction set processor (ASIP), a central processing unit (CPU) , Graphics processing unit (GPU), physical processing unit (PPU), microcontroller unit, digital signal processor (DSP), field programmable gate array (FPGA), advanced RISC machine (ARM), programmable logic device, and Any circuit, processor, etc. that perform one or more functions, or any combination thereof.
  • RISC reduced instruction set computer
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • ASIP application specific instruction set processor
  • CPU central processing unit
  • GPU Graphics processing unit
  • PPU physical processing unit
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ARM advanced RISC machine
  • the memory 220 may store data/information obtained from any other components of the preset area positioning system 100.
  • the memory 220 may include mass memory, removable memory, volatile read and write memory, read-only memory (ROM), etc., or any combination thereof.
  • Exemplary mass storage devices may include magnetic disks, optical disks, solid state drives, and the like.
  • Removable storage can include flash drives, floppy disks, optical disks, memory cards, compact disks, and magnetic tapes.
  • Volatile read and write memory may include random access memory (RAM).
  • RAM can include dynamic RAM (DRAM), double-rate synchronous dynamic RAM (DDR SDRAM), static RAM (SRAM), thyristor RAM (T-RAM), zero capacitance (Z-RAM), and so on.
  • DRAM dynamic RAM
  • DDR SDRAM double-rate synchronous dynamic RAM
  • SRAM static RAM
  • T-RAM thyristor RAM
  • Z-RAM zero capacitance
  • ROM can include mask ROM (MROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable ROM (PEROM), electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM), compact disk ROM (CD-ROM) and digital universal disk ROM Wait.
  • MROM mask ROM
  • PROM programmable ROM
  • PEROM erasable programmable ROM
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable ROM
  • CD-ROM compact disk ROM
  • digital universal disk ROM Wait digital universal disk ROM Wait.
  • the input/output 230 may be used to input or output signals, data or information. In some embodiments, the input/output 230 may enable the user to communicate with the system 100. In some embodiments, the input/output 230 may include an input device and an output device. Exemplary input devices may include a keyboard, a mouse, a touch screen, a microphone, etc., or any combination thereof. Exemplary output devices may include display devices, speakers, printers, projectors, etc., or any combination thereof. Exemplary display devices may include liquid crystal displays (LCD), light emitting diode (LED)-based displays, flat panel displays, curved displays, television equipment, cathode ray tubes (CRT), etc., or any combination thereof.
  • LCD liquid crystal displays
  • LED light emitting diode
  • CRT cathode ray tubes
  • the communication port 240 may be connected to a network for data communication.
  • the connection may be a wired connection, a wireless connection, or a combination of both.
  • Wired connections can include cables, optical cables, or telephone lines, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the wireless connection may include Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, WiMax, WLAN, ZigBee, mobile networks (for example, 3G, 4G, or 5G, etc.), etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the communication port 240 may be a standardized port, such as RS232, RS485, and so on.
  • the communication port 240 may be a specially designed port.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of exemplary hardware components and/or software components of an exemplary terminal device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device 300 may include a communication unit 310, a display unit 320, a graphics processing unit (GPU) 330, a central processing unit (CPU) 340, an input/output unit 350, a memory 360, and a storage unit 390.
  • the terminal device 300 may also include any other suitable components, including but not limited to a system bus or a controller (not shown in the figure).
  • the mobile operating system 370 for example, iOSTM, Android, Windows PhoneTM, etc.
  • one or more application programs 380 may be loaded from the storage unit 390 into the memory 360 so as to be executed by the central processing unit 340.
  • the application program 380 may include a browser or any other suitable mobile application program for receiving and presenting prompt information or other information related information from the processing device 112.
  • the user interaction of the information flow may be implemented through the input/output unit 350, and provided to the processing device 112 and/or other components of the preset area positioning system 100 of the shared device through the network 120.
  • a computer hardware platform may be used as a hardware platform for one or more elements described in this application.
  • a computer with user interface elements can be used to implement a personal computer (PC) or any other type of workstation or terminal device. If properly programmed, the computer can also act as a server.
  • PC personal computer
  • Fig. 4 is an exemplary block diagram of an exemplary processing device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the processing device shown in FIG. 4 may be a controller or processor integrated in a back-end server (such as server 110) of a shared platform, or may be integrated in a shared device (such as shared device 140) or a client (such as a user terminal). 130) Controllers, processors, etc. used to perform data processing functions.
  • the processing device (for example, the processing device 112) may include an acquisition module 410, a processing module 420, a transmission module 430, and a training module 440.
  • These modules can also be implemented as an application program or a set of instructions read and executed by a processing device.
  • the module can be any combination of hardware circuits and applications/instructions. For example, when a processing device or processor executes an application program/a set of instructions, the module may be a part of the processor.
  • the obtaining module 410 may be used to obtain signal information of the shared device. In some embodiments, the obtaining module 410 may be used to obtain wireless signal information of the shared device. In some embodiments, the wireless signal information includes wifi signal information. For example, the acquiring module 410 may receive a list of wifi signals scanned by the wireless module of the shared device. The wifi signal list may include, but is not limited to, wifi signal names and corresponding wifi signal strengths. In some embodiments, the obtaining module 410 may be used to obtain the location information of the shared device. For example, the acquiring module 410 may acquire GPS signal information, positioning information, etc. of the shared device from the user terminal 130 or the positioning device of the shared device 140.
  • the obtaining module 410 may also be used to obtain related information of the preset area. For example, the acquiring module 410 may acquire the second characteristic information of the preset return area corresponding to the current location of the shared device. In some embodiments, the obtaining module 410 may also be used to obtain user information. For example, the obtaining module 410 may obtain information from the user terminal 130 of the user who initiated the service request related to the shared device. In some embodiments, the user information may include user credit information and/or user history order information, etc.
  • the processing module 420 may be used to process related information of the shared device. For example, the processing module 420 may determine whether the shared device is located in the preset return area based on at least the signal information of the shared device through a preset algorithm. In some embodiments, the processing module 420 may obtain the GPS signal information of the shared device, and in response to the signal strength of the GPS signal information being greater than the second preset threshold, send return area recommendation information to the user corresponding to the shared device .
  • the processing module 420 may respond to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area not greater than the first preset threshold and receive the return success information of the shared device, and record the number of times of error return of the user of the shared device Self-incremented by 1; and, according to the error return times, determine the price of the user's next use of the shared device or similar shared devices.
  • the processing module 420 may further include a judgment unit 423, a recording unit 425, and a calculation unit 427.
  • the determining unit 423 may be used to determine whether the current location of the shared device is within the preset return area.
  • the judgment unit 423 may input the wireless signal information of the shared device into the first learning model to determine the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area; responding to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is greater than The first preset threshold determines that the shared device is located in the preset return area.
  • the judging unit 423 may also determine that the shared device is located outside the preset return area in response to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold, and report to the shared device.
  • the user corresponding to the shared device sends a reminder message to prompt the user to search for the return area again.
  • the recording unit 425 may be used to receive the return feedback of the shared device, and review the return feedback, and if the review is passed, record the number and location information of the shared device.
  • the return feedback may include the failure to return the shared device within the preset return area and/or the failure to obtain wireless signal information.
  • the calculation unit 427 may be used to calculate the redundancy value of the preset return area. For example, the calculation unit 427 may obtain the second characteristic information of the preset return area corresponding to the location information of the shared device; at least according to the second characteristic information, determine the redundancy value of the preset return area through a second learning model; According to the redundancy value and the preset return area, determine whether the shared device is located in the preset return area.
  • the second characteristic information may include, but is not limited to, user information, road condition information, shared device information, traffic control information, etc., of the return area, or any combination thereof.
  • the calculation unit 427 may also obtain user information corresponding to the shared device; adjust the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area according to the user information, and adjust the redundancy value according to the adjusted redundancy value and the total value.
  • the preset return area determines a target return area; in response to the location of the shared device being within the target return area, it is determined that the shared device is located in the preset return area.
  • the transmission module 430 may be used to transmit information.
  • the transmission module 430 may respond to the sharing device being located in the preset return area, and send to the sharing device information allowing the sharing device to be returned.
  • the transmission module 430 may also send the number and location information of the shared device to the terminal of the manager (for example, the user terminal 130), so that the manager can maintain the shared device.
  • the transmission module 430 may also send an information prompt to the user corresponding to the shared device based on the positional relationship between the shared device and the preset area.
  • the information prompt may reflect the location relationship between the shared device and the preset area and/or the charging policy of the shared device.
  • the charging policy of the shared device may include a first charging policy and a second charging policy.
  • the first charging policy indicates a charging policy when the shared device is located in a first preset area; the second charging policy indicates a charging policy when the shared device is located in a third preset area.
  • the first charging policy includes a free use policy and/or a preferential use policy corresponding to the user behavior.
  • the transmission module 430 may determine the first charging policy in the following manner: obtain the minimum distance between the location of the shared device and the boundary location point of the first preset area; The mapping relationship of the charging strategy determines the first charging strategy corresponding to the minimum distance.
  • the transmission module 430 may further include a first sending unit 433, a second sending unit 435, and a third sending unit 437.
  • the first sending unit 433 can be used to send first prompt information to the user when the shared device is located in the first preset area and the first preset condition is met;
  • the second sending unit 435 can be used to send first prompt information to the user when the shared device is located in the second preset area.
  • the third sending unit 437 may be configured to send third prompt information to the user when the sharing device is located in the third preset area.
  • the first preset area is the preset return area
  • the second preset area is an area where sharing devices are prohibited from being placed
  • the third preset area is the first preset area and the The area outside the second preset area.
  • the training module 440 may be used to train learning models, for example, a first learning model and a second learning model.
  • the training module 440 may construct a training data set, perform feature extraction on the data in the training data set to obtain first feature information; input the first feature information into the initial learning model for iterative training, and obtain the first feature information. Describe the first learning model.
  • the training data set may include wireless signal information collected by multiple first shared devices that are the same as the shared device when they are returned in the preset return area, and multiple second shared devices that are the same as the shared device. Wireless signal information collected when the device is not returned in the preset return area.
  • the training module 440 may obtain the second characteristic information of the sample return area; determine the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area; according to the sample return area Performing model training on the second feature information of and the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area to obtain the second learning model.
  • the second characteristic information of the sample return area may include road condition information and shared device information of the return area.
  • the road condition information of the return area may include at least one of the following information: the road width of the return area, the proportion of the residential area within a preset range of the return area, the distance between the return area and the nearest commercial area, and the return area. Historical traffic information in the area and the location characteristics of the return area.
  • the shared device information in the return area may include at least one of the following information: the number of shared devices in the return area, shared device outflow information in the return area, and shared device inflow information in the return area.
  • the training module 440 may determine the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the road condition information and the shared device information of the sample return area.
  • the second characteristic information of the sample return area may also include traffic control information of the return area.
  • the training module 440 may determine the maximum redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the traffic control information of the sample return area; adjust the initial redundancy value according to the maximum redundancy value to obtain The redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area, and the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area is less than or equal to the maximum redundancy value.
  • processing device 400 and its modules shown in FIG. 4 may be implemented in various ways.
  • the processing device 400 and its modules may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the hardware part can be implemented using dedicated logic;
  • the software part can be stored in a memory and executed by an appropriate instruction execution system, such as a microprocessor or dedicated design hardware.
  • processor control codes for example on a carrier medium such as a disk, CD or DVD-ROM, such as a read-only memory (firmware Such codes are provided on a programmable memory or a data carrier such as an optical or electronic signal carrier.
  • the system and its modules of this application can not only be implemented by hardware circuits such as very large-scale integrated circuits or gate arrays, semiconductors such as logic chips, transistors, etc., or programmable hardware devices such as field programmable gate arrays, programmable logic devices, etc. It may also be implemented by software executed by various types of processors, or may be implemented by a combination of the above hardware circuit and software (for example, firmware).
  • the acquisition module 410, the processing module 420, the transmission module 430, and the training module 440 may be different modules in a system, or one module may implement the functions of the two or more modules mentioned above.
  • the acquisition module 410, the processing module 420, the transmission module 430, and the training module 440 may share a storage module, and each module may also have its own storage module. Such deformations are all within the protection scope of this specification.
  • Fig. 5 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the process 500 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1).
  • the process 500 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the memory 150 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction.
  • the process 500 may be implemented.
  • the process 500 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below.
  • the order of operations shown in FIG. 5 is not restrictive. As shown in FIG. 5, the process 500 may include the following steps.
  • Step 510 Obtain signal information of the shared device.
  • step 510 may be performed by the acquisition module 410.
  • shared devices may include, but are not limited to, shared bicycles, shared cars, shared skateboards, shared power banks, shared umbrellas, and other shared objects or devices.
  • the signal information of the shared device may include, but is not limited to, wireless signal information, location information, usage information, status information, user information, etc., of the shared device, or any combination thereof.
  • the wireless signal information may include wifi signal information, Bluetooth signal information, base station information, hotspot information, infrared signal information, etc. of the shared device.
  • the location information may include GPS coordinate information, latitude and longitude information of the shared device, and so on.
  • the usage information may include the total number of shared devices, the number in use, the available number, etc.; the status information may include whether the shared device has failures, failure conditions, maintenance conditions, and so on.
  • the wireless signal information may include wireless network name and/or wireless signal strength, for example, wifi signal name and wifi signal strength.
  • the location information may be the location information of the shared device.
  • the processing device may obtain its signal information from the shared device.
  • the obtaining module 410 may receive the wifi signal list scanned by the wireless module of the sharing device 140, or the positioning information of the sharing device 140 obtained by the positioning device thereof.
  • the processing device may obtain the signal information of the shared device from the server.
  • the obtaining module 410 may obtain user information, location information, etc. corresponding to the shared device from the server 110.
  • the processing device may obtain the signal information of the shared device from the user terminal. For example, when the shared device is rented by the user, the obtaining module 410 may obtain the location information of the shared device from the user terminal 130.
  • the obtaining module 410 may obtain user information, usage status information, status information, and the like of the shared device from the user terminal 130.
  • the processing device can obtain the signal information of the shared device from any reasonable channel in any feasible way, which is not limited in this specification.
  • Step 520 based on at least the signal information, determine whether the shared device is located in a preset return area through a preset algorithm. In some embodiments, step 520 may be performed by the processing module 420.
  • the preset return area refers to the physical area designated by the shared service provider to return and/or place the shared device. For example, compliant parking spots for shared bicycles, designated return points for shared umbrellas, etc.
  • the geographic location and/or area range of the preset return area may be determined according to user needs, government regulations, road condition information, area information, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the location of the preset return area can be determined according to the types of business districts, residences, and transportation stations in the area, and the area range of the preset return area can be determined according to the user's usage needs, demand, etc.
  • the processing device may determine whether the shared device is located in the preset return area based on at least the wireless signal information of the shared device through a preset algorithm.
  • the processing module 420 may input the wireless signal information of the shared device into the first learning model to determine the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area; when the probability of the shared device is located in the preset return area is greater than the first preset threshold When it is determined that the shared device is located in the preset return area.
  • the processing device may determine that the shared device is located outside the preset return area when the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold; The user corresponding to the device sends a reminder message to prompt the user to search for the return area again.
  • the processing device may return the area recommendation information to the user based on the signal information of the shared device.
  • the processing module 420 may send return area recommendation information to the user of the shared device when the signal strength of the GPS signal information of the shared device is greater than the second preset threshold.
  • the processing device may determine whether the shared device is located in the preset return area based on the location information of the shared device through a preset algorithm.
  • the processing module 420 may obtain the second characteristic information of the preset return area corresponding to the location information of the shared device; at least according to the second characteristic information, determine the redundancy of the preset return area through a second learning model Value; determine the target return area according to the redundancy value; in response to the location of the shared device within the target return area, determine that the shared device is located in the preset return area.
  • the processing device may adjust the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area based on the user information of the shared device, and determine the target return area according to the adjusted redundancy value and the preset return area.
  • the processing device may adjust the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area based on the user information of the shared device, and determine the target return area according to the adjusted redundancy value and the preset return area.
  • Step 530 In response to the shared device being located in the preset return area, allow the shared device to return.
  • step 530 may be performed by the transmission module 430.
  • the processing device may send information allowing the return to the sharing device or the user terminal when the sharing device is located in the preset return area.
  • the processing device may manage or maintain the shared device based on the return feedback of the shared device.
  • the processing device 112 may receive return feedback from the user terminal 130 or the sharing device 140 that the shared device cannot be returned within the preset return area, the wireless signal information of the shared device has failed to be acquired, and the like, and review the return feedback. Pass, record the number and location information of the shared device; and send the number and location information of the shared device to the terminal of an administrator, so that the administrator can maintain the shared device.
  • the processing device may record the error return times of the user of the shared device when the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold and the return success information of the shared device is received. Increase by 1. In some embodiments, the processing device may determine the price for the user to use the same shared device or similar shared devices next time based on the number of error returns.
  • the processing device may send an information prompt to the user corresponding to the shared device based on the location information of the shared device and the location relationship between the preset area.
  • the transmission module 430 may send first prompt information to the corresponding user when the shared device is located in the first preset area and meets the first preset condition; when the shared device is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset condition, When the conditions are met, the second prompt information is sent to the corresponding user; when the shared device is located in the third preset area, the third prompt information is sent to the corresponding user.
  • the first preset area is the preset return area
  • the second preset area is an area where sharing devices are prohibited from being placed
  • the third preset area is the first preset area and the The area outside the second preset area.
  • the shared device is mainly a shared vehicle (for example, shared bicycle, shared motorcycle, shared car, etc.) as an example for description.
  • Fig. 6 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • GPS Global positioning system
  • the global positioning system GPS is generally used to locate the parking point of shared bicycles to guide the user to park the vehicle in a virtual parking area (that is, the preset return area).
  • GPS signals are susceptible to interference from buildings. For example, in urban areas with higher floors, GPS signals are affected by multipath effects, which will cause positioning deviations, which will result in vehicles not being able to accurately park in the parking area.
  • the method for locating the preset area of the shared device can obtain the wireless signal information of the shared vehicle when the return confirmation information is received; and input the wireless signal information into the target learning model (i.e., the first learning model), Obtain the probability that the current location of the shared vehicle is within the preset return area; if the probability that the current location of the shared vehicle is within the preset return area is greater than the first preset threshold, the shared vehicle is allowed to park at the current location and return.
  • the target learning model i.e., the first learning model
  • the process 600 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1).
  • the process 600 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the memory 150 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction.
  • the process 600 may be implemented.
  • the process 600 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below.
  • the order of operations shown in FIG. 6 is not restrictive. As shown in FIG. 6, the process 600 may include the following steps.
  • Step 610 Obtain wireless signal information of the shared device.
  • step 610 may be performed by the obtaining module 410.
  • the processing device may obtain the wireless signal information of the shared device when receiving the return confirmation information.
  • the processing device 112 may obtain the user return confirmation information of the shared vehicle from the user terminal 130, and obtain its wireless signal information from the wireless module of the shared vehicle in response to the information.
  • the processing device may receive the wifi signal list scanned by the wireless module of the sharing device, and the wifi signal list may include: the name of the wifi signal near the current location of the sharing device and the corresponding wifi signal strength.
  • the wifi signals around the preset return area are often fixed, and each wifi signal covers a certain range. Therefore, the current location can be determined by the coverage of multiple wifi signals.
  • the wireless module of the shared vehicle can scan to obtain a list of wifi signals at the current location.
  • the surrounding wifi signals “HiWiFi”, “WiFi_Office”, “yijiangnan”, etc. can be obtained through signal scanning.
  • the processing device can receive the Wi-Fi signal list of the shared vehicle as a basis for data analysis.
  • the processing device may confirm whether to acquire the wireless signal information of the shared device based on the GPS signal information of the shared device when receiving the return confirmation information. For example only, when the processing device 112 receives the information that the user returns the shared vehicle, it may first obtain the GPS signal information of the shared vehicle, and when it is determined based on the GPS signal information that the current location of the shared vehicle is not within the preset return area, or the preset time period When the GPS signal information fails to be acquired within (for example, 30 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes, etc.), the wireless signal information of the shared vehicle can be further acquired.
  • the processing device may obtain wireless signal information of the shared device in response to user feedback information.
  • the processing device 112 may obtain the wireless signal information of the shared device when receiving user feedback such as return failure, positioning failure, or failure to return from the user terminal 130, and further determine the location of the shared device based on the wireless signal information.
  • Step 620 Input the wireless signal information of the shared device into the first learning model, and determine the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area. In some embodiments, step 620 may be performed by the processing module 420.
  • the processing device may input the wireless signal information of the shared device into the first learning model to obtain the probability value that the current location of the shared device is within the preset return area.
  • the processing device 112 may take the wifi signal name and its corresponding signal strength in the wifi list scanned by the shared vehicle as input, input the trained target learning model, and the target learning model may output that the shared vehicle is located in the parking area. (That is, the preset return area) has a probability value of 0 or 1. Among them, 0 indicates that the shared device is not in the preset return area, and 1 indicates that the shared device is within the preset return area.
  • the output of the first learning model may be in other reasonable forms, for example, a probability value of 0-10, which is not limited in this specification.
  • the processing device may sort the wireless signals scanned by the sharing device according to the signal strength, and filter the top N wireless signal information as the input of the first learning model.
  • N can be any positive integer, for example, 5, 8, 10, etc.
  • the processing device 112 can sort them based on the signal strength of each wifi in the list, and select the top 10 wifi, and name the wifi signal And the corresponding signal strength is used as input, and input the first learning model.
  • each preset return area may contain completely different wifi signals, each preset return area may correspond to the first learning model with different parameters.
  • the processing device may determine the estimated area based on the location information of the shared device, and determine the first learning model corresponding to the estimated area based on the estimated area.
  • the first learning model may be a clustering model.
  • the first learning model may include, but is not limited to, clustering models such as K-means clustering, hierarchical clustering, and EM clustering.
  • the question of whether the user returns the shared device in the preset return area is transformed into a single-sample detection problem in machine learning.
  • the single-sample detection problem focuses on the characteristics of a group of data, and focuses on the problem of a group of data (for example, multiple wifi signal information scanned by a single shared device) in the preset return area.
  • the accuracy rate judgment standard is also It is not a single category of the default return area. Therefore, by focusing on a single question of whether a group of data features are within the preset return area, the accuracy of judging whether the shared device is within the preset return area can be improved.
  • Step 630 Determine whether the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is greater than a first preset threshold. In some embodiments, step 630 may be performed by the judging unit 423.
  • the first preset threshold may be determined according to the model type of the first learning model. For example, when the first learning model is a supervised learning clustering model, the first preset threshold may be zero.
  • the processing device may perform step 633 when the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is greater than the first preset threshold, determine that the shared device is located in the preset return area, and allow the shared device to be returned at the current location; when the shared device is located When the probability within the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold, step 635 is executed to determine that the shared device is located outside the preset return area, and a reminder message is sent to the user corresponding to the shared device to prompt the user to search again Return the area.
  • the processing device may send return area recommendation information to the user when the shared device is located outside the preset return area.
  • the processing device 112 may obtain the GPS signal information of the shared device when it is determined that the shared device is located outside the preset return area; if the signal strength of the GPS signal information of the shared device is not greater than the preset strength (also called the second preset) Set threshold), the user is prompted to move to an open area; if the signal strength of the GPS signal information of the shared device is greater than the preset strength, the location information of the shared device is obtained; based on the location information, the user is recommended to return to the preset that is closest to the location area.
  • the preset strength also called the second preset
  • GPS signals are susceptible to interference from buildings, for example, in urban areas with higher floors, GPS signals are affected by multipath effects, which can cause positioning errors. However, GPS signals can still be used for auxiliary positioning, and the nearest preset return area can be recommended to the user based on GPS signal positioning.
  • the processing device may receive the return problem of the shared device feedback after sending the reminder to the user; review the return problem, and if the review is passed, record the number and location information of the shared device.
  • Return problems may include, but are not limited to, failure to return within the preset return area, and failure to obtain wireless signal information.
  • the processing device may also send the number and location information of the shared device to the terminal of the maintenance personnel, so that the management personnel can repair/maintain the shared device.
  • the output of the first learning model is a probability value, it may not completely match the actual situation. For example, in the scenario of returning a shared vehicle, the user has actually driven the vehicle to the parking spot area, but due to the weak wireless signal of the vehicle, the scanned wifi signal list is inconsistent with the wifi signal list used during training. There is a situation where the car cannot be returned in the parking spot. For another example, the wireless module of the shared vehicle fails, and the surrounding wireless signals cannot be scanned. Therefore, the server platform provides a problem feedback window so that users can feedback problems to the server platform.
  • the user can operate on the display interface of the shared device or the user terminal, submit a return question, and then feed the question back to the service platform.
  • the processing device 112 of the service platform may review the received return feedback, and if the review is passed, record the number and location information of the shared device, so as to facilitate the dispatch of maintenance personnel for repair/maintenance of the shared device.
  • FIGs 8 and 9 are schematic diagrams of display interfaces of the shared device/user terminal according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the user can enter the feedback question on the display interface and add the question description "Cannot return the car in the parking spot" in the drop-down box.
  • click Submit Question to complete the feedback .
  • the prompt message of "the question is submitted successfully” and the current status of the feedback processing will be displayed on the display interface. If the service platform is approved, it will display a “approved” reminder on the display interface. At this time, a “click to confirm return” button will appear on the display interface of the shared device/client.
  • the processing device 112 may send the number and location information of the shared vehicle to the terminal of the management personnel (for example, repair/maintenance personnel).
  • the number of times of error return of the user corresponding to the shared device is recorded from Increase by 1; and adjust the price of the user's next use of the shared device or similar shared devices according to the number of times the user has returned the error.
  • the processing device sends reminder information to the user, some users may still forcibly stop and return it in a non-preset return area. At this time, the processing device can track the user who uses the shared device. User information, recording the number of times the user has returned by mistake. According to the user's error return times, the price of the user's next use of the shared device is adjusted, thereby restricting the user to complete the return within the preset return area as much as possible.
  • the wireless signal information of the shared device is acquired when the return confirmation information is received; the wireless signal information is input into the first learning model to obtain the probability that the current location of the shared device is within the preset return area; The probability that the current location of the device is in the preset return area is greater than the first preset threshold, and the shared device is allowed to be returned at the current location. Therefore, in an environment where the GPS signal is weak or the GPS signal is interfered, it can be more accurately judged whether the current location of the shared device is within the preset return area, and the user can be restrained and reminded to return at a fixed point, reducing random parking/arrangement phenomenon.
  • Fig. 10 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for determining a first learning model according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the process 700 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1).
  • the process 700 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the memory 150 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction.
  • the process 700 may be implemented.
  • the process 700 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below.
  • the order of operations shown in FIG. 10 is not restrictive.
  • the process 700 may be executed by the training module 440. As shown in FIG. 10, the process 700 may include the following steps.
  • Step 710 Construct a training data set.
  • the training data set may include wireless signal information collected when multiple first shared devices are returned in a preset return area, and when multiple second shared devices are not returned in the preset return area The collected wireless signal information.
  • the first sharing device and the second sharing device may be the same sharing devices as in the process 600, and the first sharing device and the second sharing device may be completely the same, or completely different or partially the same.
  • the training data set may include the wireless signal information collected when the first shared vehicle parks in the parking area, and the second shared vehicle that is the same, or partially the same as, or different from the first shared vehicle is not in the parking area. Wireless signal information collected when parking.
  • the training data set may only include wireless signal information collected when multiple shared devices are returned in the preset return area.
  • the processing device may determine whether the shared device is returned within the preset return area based on the location information of the shared device. For example, when the processing device 112 determines that the shared device is in the preset return area based on the GPS signal information of the shared device, the collected wireless signal information may be acquired as a training data set.
  • the training module 440 may divide the training data set into training samples and test samples.
  • the training sample can be used to input the initial learning model for training, and the test sample can be used to test the trained learning model to obtain the first learning model with higher accuracy.
  • a training data set can be constituted by a large number of collected WiFi lists each time a user returns a shared device in the preset return area, where the ratio of training samples to test samples can be 8:2, or 6:4, or 7:3 and so on.
  • the processing device may use all training data sets as training samples, and additionally collect a large amount of wireless signal information of shared devices in the preset return area corresponding to the training data sets as test samples.
  • Step 720 Perform feature extraction on the data in the training data set to obtain first feature information.
  • the first characteristic information may include the name and signal strength of the wireless signal.
  • a certain training sample may include: WiFi name HiWiFi, unique identification 2F426030-0A6C-4012-9259-59E533D2E970, signal strength -90dBm.
  • Step 730 Input the first feature information into an initial learning model for iterative training to obtain the first learning model.
  • the first feature information may be input to the initial learning model for iterative training, until the probability of the output of the trained initial learning model correctly reflects whether the shared device is returned within the preset return area, and the first learning model is obtained. model.
  • a test set can be used to test the predicted result of the trained initial learning model. When the model output result is consistent with the real result, it is considered that the output probability can correctly reflect whether the shared device is returned within the preset return area.
  • the first learning model may be generated when the accuracy of the trained initial learning model on the test set prediction result is greater than the preset value. For example, in the prediction results of each test set of the trained initial learning model, when the number of prediction results consistent with the real results accounts for 80% of the total number of tests, the first learning model is generated.
  • a corresponding training data set may be formed separately, and the initial learning model may be input to perform iterative training to obtain a first learning model that matches each preset return area.
  • the initial learning model may be a clustering model
  • the data set input to the initial learning model may be the first feature information of the wireless signal information of the shared device returned in the preset return area
  • the clustering model may be based on the input training
  • the sample undergoes supervised learning, and then the commonality of the wireless signal information of the shared device returned in the preset return area is obtained, and the first learning model is obtained.
  • the first learning model can calculate the similarity between the input wireless signal information and the learned wireless signal information in the corresponding preset return area. If it is similar, the output is 1, and if it is not, the output is 0.
  • the first learning model can calculate the similarity between each wireless signal information and the corresponding wireless signal information of the corresponding preset return area obtained by learning.
  • the wireless signal information is input
  • the same data amount between the corresponding wireless signal information learned by the first learning model is greater than 90%, it is determined that the wireless signal is similar to the corresponding wireless signal, otherwise it is determined that the wireless signal is not similar to the corresponding wireless signal.
  • the first learning model can output 1 when the number of input wireless signal information is similar to the corresponding wireless signal information learned by the first learning model, which accounts for 80% of the total amount of all input wireless signal information.
  • the input wireless signal information is similar to the wireless signal information of the preset return area, and the shared device is in the preset return area, otherwise the output of the first learning model will be 0. It is understandable that the numerical values in the above examples are for illustration only, and those skilled in the art can reasonably adjust one or more of the numerical values according to actual scenarios.
  • Fig. 11 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • the processing device may obtain the second feature information of the preset return area corresponding to the return location of the common device, and use the pre-trained redundancy model (also called the second learning model) of the preset return area to determine the preset return area.
  • the pre-trained redundancy model also called the second learning model
  • Set the redundancy value corresponding to the return area thereby determine the target return area according to the preset return area and its redundancy value, and determine whether the current location of the shared device is within the preset return area based on the target return area.
  • the processing device can adjust the redundancy value of the user in the preset return area predicted by using the redundancy model according to the user information corresponding to the shared device, which can make the calculated redundancy value flexible Higher and more user-friendly, which can effectively improve the user experience.
  • the process 800 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1).
  • the process 800 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the memory 150 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction.
  • the process 800 may be implemented.
  • the process 800 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below.
  • the order of operations shown in FIG. 11 is not restrictive. As shown in FIG. 11, the process 800 may include the following steps.
  • Step 810 Acquire second characteristic information of the preset return area corresponding to the location information of the shared device.
  • step 810 may be performed by the acquisition module 410 or the processing module 420.
  • the location of the shared device may be the location when the user returns the shared device.
  • the location information of the shared device can be the user's return location, which can refer to the place where the return is allowed, and the user can return the vehicle at any location within the preset return area.
  • the preset return area corresponding to the return location can be determined according to the return location of the user.
  • the user's return location is mall A
  • the preset return area (ie, the preset return area) corresponding to business A is the square at the entrance of mall A, then according to the correspondence between the return location and the preset return area ,
  • the preset return area corresponding to the user's return location can be determined.
  • the location of the shared device may be the real-time location of the shared device, for example, the location of the shared device obtained by real-time tracking of the positioning device of the shared device.
  • the processing device may obtain the location information of the shared device through the user terminal, thereby obtaining the second characteristic information corresponding to the preset return area.
  • the processing device 112 may obtain the user's current return location corresponding to the user through the user terminal 130, and determine the preset return area corresponding to the return location according to the user's current return location, so as to obtain the second return area of the preset return area. 2.
  • the processing device may obtain its location information through the sharing device, thereby obtaining the second characteristic information corresponding to the preset return area.
  • the processing device 112 may obtain its current location through the positioning device of the sharing device 140, and determine the corresponding preset return area according to the current location, so as to obtain the second characteristic information of the preset return area.
  • the second characteristic information of the preset return area may be obtained in real time from a server background database (for example, the storage 150, the storage 220, etc.) or other databases.
  • the second characteristic information may include location information, road condition information, shared device information, traffic control information, user information, time information, etc., of the preset return area, or any combination thereof.
  • Step 820 Determine the redundancy value of the preset return area through a second learning model according to the second characteristic information.
  • step 820 may be performed by the processing module 420 (for example, the judgment unit 423).
  • the second feature information of the preset return area corresponding to the shared device location information obtained in step 810 may be input into the pre-trained second learning model, so that the second feature information of the preset return area can be returned according to the preset. Second, the corresponding relationship between the characteristic information and the redundant value, and the redundant value corresponding to the preset return area is calculated.
  • the input of the second learning model may be the second characteristic information of the preset return area
  • the output may be the redundant value corresponding to the preset return area.
  • the union of all the second feature information of the preset return area can be used as the input of the second learning model, and the second learning model can be based on the mapping relationship between the second feature information learned in the training process and the redundant value.
  • the redundant value corresponding to the input second feature information is determined and output.
  • the output redundancy value may be an area name around the preset return area, or a distance value that the preset return area can expand, which is not limited in this specification.
  • the second learning model may be any model capable of implementing multiple classifications.
  • the second learning model can be composed of a multi-layer convolutional neural network (Convolutional Neural Network, CNN) and a multi-layer fully connected network; or, the second learning model can be composed of a multi-layer CNN residual network and a multi-layer fully connected network constitute.
  • the second learning model may be a network structure model composed of a 5-layer CNN residual network and a 3-layer fully connected network.
  • the second learning model can build a residual network based on the CNN network to extract the hidden features of the second feature information, and then use the multilayer fully connected network to map the hidden features output by the residual network, and finally, transmit via the flexible maximum
  • the classification and recognition result obtained by the function (softmax) classification output is the redundant value corresponding to the second feature information.
  • the preset return area may have at least one related area.
  • the preset return area is the drop-off point of shopping mall A, and at least one related area thereof may include a rest area of shopping mall A, a temporary parking point P of shopping mall A, and so on.
  • the classification and recognition result of the second learning model may include each relevant area of the preset return area, and the probability that the relevant area is set as a redundant return area of the preset return area.
  • the multi-classification result may include a 70% probability that the rest area of the mall A is set as a redundant return area, and a 10% probability that the temporary parking spot P is set as a redundant return area.
  • a classification recognition result with a probability greater than a certain threshold may be determined as the final output (ie, redundant value) of the second learning model.
  • the redundant value may be the peripheral area of the preset return area determined according to the road condition information, shared equipment information, traffic control information, user information, time information, etc. of the preset return area, or the distance that the preset return area can extend to the periphery.
  • different user information has different corresponding redundancy values. For example, the higher the user's reputation score and the higher the fixed-point return rate, the greater the redundancy value of the user in the preset return area.
  • the redundancy values corresponding to the two preset return areas are different.
  • the residential area within the preset range occupies a larger area, the distance to the nearest commercial area is closer, the historical flow of people is larger, the location is close to the community, the company, etc.
  • the corresponding redundancy value is larger; on the contrary, the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area is smaller.
  • the second characteristic information of the preset return area may be collected in real time, and there may be dynamically changing characteristic information, such as shared device usage characteristics. Therefore, the same preset return area corresponds to different time periods.
  • the redundancy value of can be different. Take the shared vehicle as an example. When the morning and evening peaks occur, the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area A may be larger, so as to satisfy more users to return the vehicle smoothly; and when the time period between morning and evening peaks, users use the car The frequency of parking is small, and the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area A may also be small at this time.
  • the dynamic redundancy value the flexibility of the preset return area corresponding to the user can be made more flexible, and the return demand of the user can be more satisfied, and the return efficiency and experience of the user can be improved.
  • Step 830 Obtain user information corresponding to the shared device.
  • step 830 may be performed by the acquisition module 410 or the processing module 420.
  • the redundancy values corresponding to different users in the same preset return area may also be different.
  • the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area predicted by the second learning model can also be adaptively adjusted according to the user's personal information, so that the calculation result of the redundancy value is more humane and improves User experience.
  • the processing device may obtain user information through a user terminal (for example, the user terminal 130).
  • the user information may include, but is not limited to, the user's credit information, and/or the user's historical order information.
  • the user's credit information may include the user's credit score for using the shared device. For example, in the shared vehicle scenario, the user returns the car to the designated return area (ie, the preset return area) after using the car, and the corresponding car reputation score is higher; on the contrary, the user does not return the car to the designated return area after using the car In the area where the car is returned, the car will be parked in disorder, the lower the car reputation score will be.
  • the user's historical order information may be the historical information of the user's use of the shared device. For example, the user's car order amount information, and the user's car order amount information at a designated location (ie, a preset return area). According to the user's car order quantity information and the user's car order quantity information at a designated location, the user's fixed-point return rate can be calculated.
  • Step 840 Adjust the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area according to the user information to obtain the adjusted redundancy value.
  • step 840 may be performed by the processing module 420.
  • the higher the user's reputation score and the higher the fixed-point return rate the greater the redundancy value of the corresponding preset return area.
  • the user’s reputation score can be determined based on the user’s credit information
  • the user’s fixed-point return rate can be determined based on the user’s historical order information.
  • the user’s reputation score is high and the fixed-point return rate is high (for example, the average value is greater than the preset value)
  • the user reputation score and/or fixed-point return rate are small (for example, the average value is less than the preset value), appropriately reduce the redundancy of the preset return area value.
  • a corresponding redundancy value adjustment strategy can be preset according to user information. Exemplarily, when the reputation score is greater than 5 and the fixed-point return rate is less than 5, the redundancy value is increased by 0-50 meters; when the reputation score and the fixed-point return rate are both less than 5, the redundancy value is reduced by 0-200 meters, or The redundancy value is adjusted to 0; when the reputation score and the fixed-point return rate are both greater than 5, the redundancy value is increased by 50-200 meters.
  • the user's redundant value in the preset return area predicted by the second learning model is adjusted, which can make the calculated redundant value more flexible and more user-friendly, which can effectively improve the user's Experience degree.
  • Step 850 Determine the target return area according to the adjusted redundancy value.
  • step 850 may be performed by the processing module 420.
  • the preset return area and the adjusted redundant values corresponding to the preset return area may be accumulated to obtain the target return area. For example, if the user's preset return area in mall A is the square at the entrance of mall A, and the calculated redundancy value is the rest area at the entrance of mall A, then the user returns to the target area corresponding to mall A (ie, the target return area) ) Is: the square at the entrance of mall A and the rest area at the entrance of mall A.
  • the redundant value of the preset return area may be a distance value, and the processing device may determine the range of the target return area based on the redundant value. For example, the preset return area is the square at the entrance of A mall, and the calculated redundancy value is 200 meters, then the area after the square at the entrance of A mall extends 200 meters forward can be determined as the target return area.
  • Step 860 In response to the location of the shared device being within the target return area, determine that the shared device is located within the preset return area.
  • the location of the shared device may be compared with the calculated target return area to determine whether the shared device is within the target return area.
  • the user's return location obtained in the above embodiment can be compared with the calculated target return area to determine whether the user return location is within the target return area, when the user return location is within the target return area To confirm that the user's return location is within the preset return area.
  • the processing device may display on the user terminal (for example, the user terminal 130) or the sharing device (for example, the sharing device 140) display interface to display whether the user's return position is within the target return area.
  • the user terminal for example, the user terminal 130
  • the sharing device for example, the sharing device 140
  • it may be displayed in the form of information prompts. For example, after the user returns the car, the information that the current return location is in the target return area or that the current return location is not in the target return area is fed back to the user.
  • it can be displayed in the form of a map, which is intuitive, easy to understand when driving, and is helpful for safe riding.
  • a map can be displayed on the display interface of the terminal device.
  • the map can include the target return area and the current return location, and display whether the current return location is within the target return area in real time. In this way, when the user sees the prompt information displayed on the interface of the terminal device and determines that the return location is not in the target return area, the return location can be adjusted so that the return location is within the target return area.
  • the above-mentioned map containing the positional relationship between the target return area and the current return location may be displayed on the display interface of the shared device (for example, shared vehicle).
  • the foregoing embodiment is only an example, and the method provided in this embodiment is not limited to different types of shared vehicles such as shared bicycles, shared electric vehicles, and shared cars.
  • shared vehicles such as shared bicycles, shared electric vehicles, and shared cars.
  • shared power banks, shared umbrellas and other shared devices that need to be returned at a fixed point the method of this embodiment can be used to determine the redundancy value of the shared device in the preset return area, so as to expand the scope of return of the shared device and reduce user adjustments. The number of times to return the location, improve the user return efficiency and return experience.
  • the processing device may not adjust the redundancy value obtained by the second learning model, and directly determine the target return area based on the predicted redundancy value of the preset return area and the preset return area.
  • the processing device may respectively compare the location of the shared device with the preset return area and the redundancy value of the preset return area to determine whether the shared device is within the preset return area.
  • Fig. 12 is an exemplary flowchart of a second learning model determination method according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the process 900 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1).
  • the process 900 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the memory 150 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction.
  • the processor 210 or the module shown in FIG. 4 executes the program or When instructed, the process 900 can be implemented.
  • the process 900 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below.
  • the order of operations shown in FIG. 12 is not restrictive. As shown in FIG. 12, the process 900 may include the following steps.
  • Step 910 Acquire second characteristic information of the sample return area.
  • the second characteristic information of the sample return area may be obtained from the server background database (for example, the memory 150, the access device 220, etc.). In some embodiments, the second characteristic information of the sample return area may include road condition information and shared device information of the return area.
  • the road condition information of the return area may include, but is not limited to, the width of the road in the return area, the proportion of the residential area within a preset range of the return area, the distance between the return area and the nearest commercial area, and the area within the return area. Historical traffic information, location characteristics of the return area, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the return area (for example, the car return area) is the proportion of the residential area within a preset range.
  • the preset range may be 1 km, that is, a sample (or preset) return area is obtained Proportion of residential area within 1 kilometer nearby. It can be understood that the preset range may not be limited to 1 km, but the value of the preset range cannot be too large. When the value is too large, the reference meaning of the data will be too small.
  • the location feature of the return area may be the geographic feature of the location of the return area, for example, the door of a community or the door of a company.
  • the wider the road width of the angelica return area the larger the residential area within the preset range, the closer the distance to the nearest commercial area, the greater the historical flow of people, the closer the location to the community, the greater the flow of people from companies, etc.
  • the greater the redundancy value of the corresponding sample return area or the preset return area the greater the redundancy value of the corresponding sample return area or the preset return area.
  • the redundant value of the sample return area or the preset return area is smaller.
  • the shared device information in the return area may include, but is not limited to, the number of shared devices in the return area, the outflow information of shared devices in the return area, the inflow information of shared devices in the return area, etc., or any combination thereof.
  • the number of shared devices in the sample return area is large and the inflow and outflow of shared devices is more frequent, the corresponding redundant value of the sample return area is also greater.
  • the second characteristic information of the sample return area may also include time information.
  • the redundancy value of the same sample return area can also be different. For example: during peak hours, users use and return cars more frequently, and the corresponding redundancy values can be larger.
  • the second characteristic information of the sample return area may also include traffic control information.
  • the traffic control information can be determined based on information such as the location feature and road feature of the return area.
  • the second feature information of the returned area may not be limited to the above list, but may also include more types of feature information.
  • the more reference feature information the accuracy of the redundant model obtained by training (ie, the second learning model) higher.
  • Step 920 Determine the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the second feature information of the sample return area.
  • the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area can be calculated according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area, and the mapping relationship between the second characteristic information of the sample return area and the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area can be constructed.
  • the initial redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area may be determined according to the acquired road condition information and shared device information of the sample return area. According to different road condition information and shared equipment information, the initial redundancy value of the determined sample return area is different. For example, taking a shared vehicle as an example, the wider the road in the return area, the more vehicles flow in, the greater the possibility of returning the car in the return area after the user's car is returned, and the correspondingly, the greater the initial redundancy value obtained , To meet the needs of users to return the car.
  • the aforementioned determined initial redundancy value may be adjusted based on the traffic control information, and the adjusted redundancy value is used as the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area.
  • the determined initial redundancy value is adjusted based on the traffic control information, and the adjusted redundancy value is used as the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area, which can ensure the reasonableness and reasonableness of the redundancy value corresponding to the return area. And meet the conditions in line with road traffic planning.
  • the maximum redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area can be determined according to the traffic control information; the initial redundancy value is adjusted according to the maximum redundancy value to obtain the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area, and the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area is obtained.
  • the residual value is less than or equal to the maximum redundancy value.
  • the corresponding maximum redundancy values can be different.
  • the initial redundancy value of the sample return area calculated above is greater than the maximum redundancy value
  • the initial redundancy value may be adjusted to the maximum redundancy value, and the maximum redundancy value is used as the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area. Residual value.
  • the initial redundancy value of the sample return area is less than or equal to the maximum redundancy value
  • the initial redundancy value is taken as the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area.
  • the determined redundancy value of the sample return area can be more accurate, so that the second characteristic information of the sample return area and the sample return
  • the redundancy model obtained by training the redundancy value of the region has higher accuracy.
  • Step 930 Perform model training according to the second feature information of the sample return area and the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area to obtain a second learning model.
  • the second feature information of the sample return area and the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area can be used as the input of the model, and the model training can be performed to obtain the redundant model (ie, the second learning model). Therefore, according to the mapping relationship between the second feature information of the sample return area and the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area possessed by the redundancy model, the redundancy value of any preset return area can be predicted.
  • the sample return area may include multiple, and the redundancy model may be obtained by training according to the second feature information of each sample return area and the corresponding redundancy value.
  • the road condition information and shared device information of the sample return area, and the determined redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area can be used as input to train to obtain the redundancy model.
  • model training method is a conventional model training method, and the specific process of model training will not be described in detail.
  • the input of model training can be sample data corresponding to the application field.
  • Fig. 13 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to other embodiments of the present application.
  • the location information of the shared device can be obtained.
  • the location information is located in the first preset area
  • the first prompt message is used to prompt the positional relationship between the location information and the first preset area.
  • the first preset area is the preset return area of the shared device, so that the user of the shared device can prompt the user in advance when using the shared device, It is convenient for the user to adjust the use area according to the first prompt message, and furthermore, when placing the shared device, the shared device can be placed in the first preset area in a standardized manner, thereby achieving the purpose of standardizing user behavior and facilitating city management.
  • the process 1000 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1).
  • the process 1000 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the memory 150 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction.
  • the process 1000 may be implemented.
  • the process 1000 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below.
  • the order of operations shown in FIG. 13 is not restrictive.
  • the shared device is a shared bicycle as an example to describe the method provided in the present application. As shown in FIG. 13, the process 1000 may include the following steps.
  • Step 1010 Receive a shared device use instruction.
  • step 1010 may be performed by the obtaining module 410.
  • the shared device use instruction may be an instruction sent by a user through a mobile terminal, a wearable device, or the like.
  • the user can scan the two-dimensional code of a certain shared device 140 through the user terminal 130, and send a use instruction (for example, an unlocking instruction) to the shared device.
  • the sharing device can obtain the location information of the sharing device, and send a corresponding message prompt to the user based on the location information.
  • the sharing device may transmit the use instruction and/or location information to a background server (for example, server 110), and the server processes and analyzes the location information to send the corresponding information to the user. Message prompt.
  • Step 1020 Obtain location information of the shared device according to the instruction for using the shared device.
  • step 1020 may be performed by the obtaining module 410.
  • the shared device may be provided with a positioning device for obtaining location information, and the positioning device may use any one or a combination of positioning technologies such as GPS, GLONASS, COMPASS, etc., to achieve positioning. Therefore, the location information of the shared device can be acquired according to the positioning device. If the execution subject is the background server of the sharing platform, correspondingly, the sharing device can also send the location information to the server (for example, the server 110). In some embodiments, the location information of the shared device may be obtained through the positioning technology in the user terminal.
  • the positioning device may use any one or a combination of positioning technologies such as GPS, GLONASS, COMPASS, etc., to achieve positioning. Therefore, the location information of the shared device can be acquired according to the positioning device. If the execution subject is the background server of the sharing platform, correspondingly, the sharing device can also send the location information to the server (for example, the server 110). In some embodiments, the location information of the shared device may be obtained through the positioning technology in the user terminal.
  • the current location of the user terminal can be obtained as the location information of the shared device through the positioning technology embedded in the user terminal 130.
  • the location information of the shared device may be the latitude and longitude coordinates of the shared device, or may be geocoding indicating the location.
  • the location information of the shared device can be obtained through a navigation system.
  • the sharing device 140 may communicate with the navigation system through its own positioning device to obtain its own positioning information.
  • the shared device may actively send location information at different moments to the server, and the server may update the location information of the shared device in the server in real time after receiving the location information of the shared device.
  • the shared device can obtain corresponding positioning information in real time at different times to update the location information of the shared device in real time.
  • the different moments may refer to updating positioning information at a certain time interval.
  • the location information of the shared device can be obtained every 0.05 seconds. In some embodiments, different times may vary according to distance or client requirements.
  • the location information of the shared device can be obtained every 0.1 second, and when the distance between the shared device and the specified location is close, it becomes shared once every 0.05 seconds.
  • Location information of the device may be stored in the storage medium first, and the location information of the shared device may be updated at a custom frequency different from the acquisition frequency. For example, if the server obtains the location information of the shared device at intervals of 0.05 seconds, the obtained location information can be stored first, and the location information of the shared device is updated in the server every 0.1 second.
  • the location information may include location information of the shared device and timing information corresponding to the location information.
  • the location information may be the latitude and longitude coordinates of the shared device, or may be geocoding indicating the location.
  • each location information has timing information corresponding to it. For example, the corresponding time of the location information, or the sorting of a group of location information in the order of time before and after.
  • the latest positioning information may be obtained according to the timing information, and the positioning information may be updated.
  • Step 1030 If the shared device is located in the first preset area and meets the first preset condition, send first prompt information to the user. In some embodiments, step 1030 may be performed by the transmission module 430.
  • the first preset area may be a preset return area of the shared device.
  • different preset return areas can be corresponded to.
  • the shared device is a shared bicycle
  • the first preset area can be the operating area where the shared bicycle is placed, that is, a compliant parking area
  • the shared device is a shared power bank
  • the first preset area is Share the return location of the power bank.
  • the first preset condition may be a preset position difference condition, for example, it may be less than a certain first preset range.
  • the first preset range can be any reasonable value, for example, 1 km, 2 km, 3 km, etc. This application does not limit the first preset range here, and may be different according to actual application scenarios.
  • the first prompt information may be used to prompt the position relationship between the location information of the shared device and the first preset area. For example only, if the location information of the shared bicycle is located at the boundary of the first preset area, for example, the distance of the shared bicycle’s location from the boundary of the first preset area is less than the first preset range (for example, the closest to the first preset area). The boundary distance is less than 3 kilometers), it will prompt "Be careful not to ride out of the first preset area". After receiving the prompt message, the cycling user of the shared bicycle will pay attention to his riding route when using the shared bicycle. Then, when parking, the shared bicycle can be parked in the first preset area. Set the return area.
  • the corresponding first prompt message can be given.
  • the shared equipment is a shared bicycle
  • the first preset area is a compliant parking area for shared bicycles
  • the first preset condition is less than 3 kilometers
  • the minimum distance between the location information of the shared bicycle and the boundary position of the parking area can be determined.
  • the first prompt message can be sent to the cycling user of the shared bicycle, then the cycling user can adjust his riding route according to the first prompt message when using the shared device, and then When placing shared bicycles, the shared bicycles can be parked in the first preset area in a standardized manner to achieve the purpose of giving user prompts in advance, standardizing user behavior, and facilitating centralized management by managers of shared equipment.
  • Step 1040 If the shared device is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset condition, send second prompt information to the user.
  • step 1040 may be performed by the transmission module 430.
  • the second preset area may be an area where shared equipment is prohibited. Taking shared bicycles as an example, correspondingly, the second preset area is a no-parking area (for example, a certain traffic artery). In some embodiments, the second preset condition may be less than a certain second preset range, for example, less than 2 kilometers.
  • the embodiment of this specification does not limit the second preset range, and the second preset range can also be the same as the first preset range, and can be set by itself according to actual application scenarios.
  • the second prompt information may be used to prompt the position relationship between the location information of the shared device and the second preset area. For example only, if there is a no-parking area near the location information of the shared bicycle, for example, the location of the shared bike is less than the second preset range from the boundary of the nearest no-parking area (for example, the closest boundary to the second preset area is less than 2 Km), it will prompt "Be careful not to park in the second preset area" to remind the user in advance.
  • the shared bicycles When riding users of shared bicycles receive the second prompt message, they will pay attention to their riding routes when using the shared bicycles, so that they can avoid parking the shared bicycles in the second preset area when parking.
  • the shared bicycles should be parked in the first preset area (that is, the preset return area) as much as possible, so as to achieve the purpose of regulating user behavior.
  • Step 1050 If the shared device is located in the third preset area, send third prompt information to the user. In some embodiments, step 1050 may be performed by the transmission module 430.
  • the third preset area is an area other than the first preset area and the second preset area. Taking shared bicycles as an example, correspondingly, the third preset area may be a compliant parking area and other areas other than the no-parking area.
  • the third prompt information may include at least one of the first charging policy of the shared device and the second charging policy of the shared device.
  • the first charging strategy indicates the charging strategy when the shared device is located in the first preset area
  • the second charging strategy indicates the charging strategy when the shared device is located in the third preset area.
  • the first charging strategy may be more favorable than the second charging strategy.
  • the first prompt information and the second prompt information may also include the first charging policy and/or the second charging policy of the shared device.
  • At least one of the following third prompt messages can be sent, for example: if the shared bicycle is parked When it reaches the first preset area, the usage fee of the shared device is charged according to the first charging policy corresponding to the first preset area; or, if the shared bicycle is parked in the third preset area, the The usage fee of the shared device is charged according to the second charging policy corresponding to the third preset area.
  • the charging policy when the shared device is located in the third preset area may include an additional dispatch fee (for example, 5 yuan/hour).
  • an additional dispatch fee for example, 5 yuan/hour.
  • the manager needs to further schedule the shared device and place it in the preset return area.
  • the corresponding usage fee can be 2 yuan when the first charging strategy is used, and when the second charging strategy is used, the corresponding usage fee can be 2 yuan.
  • the corresponding usage fee can be 7 yuan, so when using the shared bicycle according to the third prompt information, the riding user can encourage the riding user to park the shared bicycle to the first preset area for riding to the first extent. Standardize user behavior, and also facilitate the management of shared bicycles by managers.
  • the division of the first preset area, the second preset area, and the third preset area is not restricted. According to the actual application area, the first preset area, the second preset area, and the second preset area are not limited. The preset area and the third preset area can be divided by itself.
  • the time for obtaining the location information of the shared device and sending the information prompt is not limited. For example, it may be obtained and sent every preset time, or it may be obtained and sent when the user requests it.
  • the information prompt manner may include, but is not limited to, voice broadcast and/or text display.
  • the shared device can first obtain its own location information and then send it to the server. After the server obtains the location information of the shared device, if the server determines that the location information of the shared device is located When the first preset area meets the first preset condition, or is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset condition, or is located in the third preset area, the first prompt message or the second For the prompt information or the third prompt information, the shared device then displays the first prompt information, or the second prompt information, or the third prompt information to the user. For example, when the shared device has its own display screen, the user can view the corresponding prompt information through the display screen.
  • the server may also determine that the location information of the shared device is located in the first preset area and satisfies the first preset condition, or is located in the second preset area and satisfies the second preset condition, or is located in the third preset area, Send the first prompt information, or the second prompt information, or the third prompt information to the service requester terminal (for example, the user terminal 130), and the service requester terminal then displays the first prompt message, or the second prompt information, or The third prompt information, and then the user can view the corresponding prompt information through the service requester terminal.
  • the service requester terminal for example, the user terminal 130
  • the server may obtain the location information of the shared device when receiving the user's service request, and send corresponding prompt information to the service requester according to the judgment result of the relationship between the location information and the location of the preset area.
  • the server may obtain the location information of the shared device every preset time (for example, every 10 minutes, every 20 minutes, every 30 minutes, etc.) after receiving the user’s request to use the car, and based on the location information The judgment result of the positional relationship with the preset area sends corresponding prompt information to the service requester.
  • the shared device can obtain its location information. If the shared device determines that the location information is located in the first preset area and meets the first preset condition, or is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset When the condition or is located in the third preset area, the shared device may display the first prompt information, or the second prompt information, or the third prompt information to the riding user. Or, when the sharing device determines that its location information is located in the first preset area and meets the first preset condition, or is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset condition, or is located in the third preset area, it can send the information to the server through the server.
  • the service requester terminal sends the first prompt information, or the second prompt information, or the third prompt information, and then the service requester terminal may display the first prompt information, or the second prompt information, or the third prompt information to the user.
  • the user can view the corresponding prompt message on the display interface of the shared device or the terminal of the service requester. That is, in the embodiments of the present specification, the execution subject of the above method is not limited, and the corresponding execution subject can be corresponded according to the actual application scenario.
  • the user's destination may be estimated based on the use instruction and service request related information of the shared device, and the location information of the shared device may be obtained when the user is about to arrive at the destination, based on the location information and the first preset area , The positional relationship between the second preset area and the third preset area, and send corresponding prompt information to the user.
  • Fig. 14 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for determining a first charging policy according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the process 1100 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1).
  • the process 1100 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the storage device 160 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction.
  • the processor 210 or the module shown in FIG. 4 executes the program or instruction, the process may be implemented. 500.
  • the process 1100 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below.
  • the order of operations shown in FIG. 14 is not restrictive.
  • the process 1100 may include the following steps.
  • Step 1110 Obtain the minimum distance between the location of the shared device and the boundary location point of the first preset area.
  • step 1110 may be performed by the processing module 420 or the transmission module 430.
  • the minimum distance between the location of the shared device and the boundary point of the first preset area can be acquired.
  • Step 1120 Determine a first charging policy corresponding to the minimum distance according to the minimum distance and the mapping relationship between the preset distance and the charging policy.
  • step 1120 may be performed by the processing module 420 or the transmission module 430.
  • the preset distance and the charging policy may include the following mapping relationship: for example, if a certain distance is less than the first preset distance, the corresponding charging policy may be X 1 yuan/hour; greater than the first preset distance When the distance is less than the second preset distance, the corresponding charging policy can be X 2 yuan/hour; when the distance is greater than the second preset distance and less than the third preset distance, the corresponding charging policy can be X 3 Yuan/hour; when the distance is greater than the third preset distance, the corresponding charging strategy may be X 4 Yuan/hour.
  • the predetermined distance ⁇ predetermined second distance ⁇ the third predetermined distance, X 1> X 2> X 3> X 4, i.e., the predetermined distance, corresponding to the toy can be charged.
  • this charging strategy to a certain extent, users can be encouraged to place shared devices in the first preset area, so that user behaviors can be regulated, and it is also convenient for managers to manage shared devices.
  • the corresponding first charging strategy can be obtained according to the following method: if it is determined that the location information of the shared bicycle belongs to the location information in the third preset area , The minimum distance between the location information and the boundary location point of the first preset area can be obtained. After the minimum distance is obtained, the minimum distance can be determined according to the minimum distance and the mapping relationship between the preset distance and the charging strategy. Within the preset distance range, the first charging strategy corresponding to the minimum distance can be determined. For example, when the minimum distance is greater than the first preset distance and less than the second preset distance, the corresponding first charging policy is X 2 yuan/hour.
  • the first charging policy may also include a free use policy and/or a preferential use policy corresponding to the user behavior. For example, if the location information of a shared bicycle is located in the third preset area, then if the user rides the shared bicycle and stops in the first preset area, the user’s ride fee can be free of charge; or The user issues a corresponding cycling coupon, which can be a frequency coupon (for example, a 50% discount for two times) or a time coupon (for example, free within 1 hour).
  • the free use strategy and/or the preferential use strategy can be set according to actual application scenarios, and this application is not limited here.
  • the shared device fee can be free of charge and a discount coupon can be issued at the same time. This application is not limited here, so as to encourage users to place the shared device in the first preset area. .
  • Table 1 provides a kind of reminder information for shared bicycles in this application.
  • corresponding reminders can be sent based on the location information of the shared bicycle. For example, if the minimum distance between the current location information of the shared bicycle and the boundary location point of the first preset area is within 3 kilometers, a prompt message can be given: "At the boundary of the parking area, be careful not to ride out of the parking area" to remind the user in advance , So that the user can adjust the use area according to the prompt information, and then when placing the shared bicycle, the shared bicycle can be placed in the parking area in a standardized manner to achieve the purpose of regulating user behavior.
  • the possible beneficial effects may be any one or a combination of the above, or any other beneficial effects that may be obtained.
  • numbers describing the number of ingredients and attributes are used. It should be understood that such numbers used in the description of the embodiments use the modifier "about”, “approximately” or “substantially” in some examples. Retouch. Unless otherwise stated, “approximately”, “approximately” or “substantially” indicates that the number is allowed to vary by ⁇ 20%.
  • the numerical parameters used in the specification and claims are approximate values, and the approximate values can be changed according to the required characteristics of individual embodiments. In some embodiments, the numerical parameter should consider the prescribed effective digits and adopt the method of general digit retention. Although the numerical ranges and parameters used to confirm the breadth of the ranges in some embodiments of this specification are approximate values, in specific embodiments, the setting of such numerical values is as accurate as possible within the feasible range.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Radar, Positioning & Navigation (AREA)
  • Remote Sensing (AREA)
  • Telephonic Communication Services (AREA)

Abstract

A method and system (100) for positioning a preset region of a shared device (140). The method for positioning the preset region of the shared device (140) comprises: acquiring signal information of the shared device (140) (510); at least on the basis of the signal information, determining by means of a preset algorithm whether the shared device (140) is located in a preset return region (520); and in response to the shared device (140) being located in the preset return region, allowing the shared device (140) to be returned (530).

Description

一种共享设备的预设区域定位方法和系统Method and system for locating preset area of shared equipment
优先权声明Priority statement
本申请要求2019年12月31日提交的中国申请号201911414835.0的优先权,2019年12月31日提交的中国申请号201911408189.7的优先权,2019年12月31日提交的中国申请号201911420057.6的优先权,全部内容通过引用并入本文。This application claims the priority of the Chinese application number 201911414835.0 filed on December 31, 2019, the priority of the Chinese application number 201911408189.7 filed on December 31, 2019, and the priority of the Chinese application number 201911420057.6 filed on December 31, 2019. , The entire content is incorporated into this article by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及共享设备技术领域,特别涉及一种共享设备的预设区域定位方法和系统。This application relates to the technical field of shared devices, and in particular to a method and system for locating a preset area of a shared device.
背景技术Background technique
共享服务类应用,例如,共享汽车、共享单车、共享充电宝等,因其服务的便利性,受到较多用户的喜爱。在共享服务中,用户在使用完共享设备后需将共享设备归还至指定区域,以便于其他用户的使用、以及设备的统一维护等。但是,在产品定点归还时,由于指定区域面积有限或定位不准确等因素可能会造成用户无法成功归还,从而导致共享产品归还效率较低,同时降低了用户体验度。Shared service applications, such as shared cars, shared bicycles, shared power banks, etc., are favored by more users due to the convenience of their services. In the sharing service, the user needs to return the shared device to the designated area after using the shared device, so as to facilitate the use of other users and the unified maintenance of the device. However, when the product is returned at a fixed point, due to factors such as the limited area of the designated area or inaccurate positioning, the user may not be able to return successfully, resulting in low efficiency in returning the shared product and reducing the user experience.
因此,希望提供一种可以提高共享设备归还效率、增强用户体验度的共享设备预设区域定位方法。Therefore, it is desirable to provide a method for locating a preset area of a shared device that can improve the efficiency of returning the shared device and enhance the user experience.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例之一提供一种共享设备的预设区域定位方法,所述方法包括:获取共享设备的信号信息;至少基于所述信号信息,通过预设算法确定所述共享设备是否位于预设归还区域内;响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内,允许所述共享设备归还。One of the embodiments of the present application provides a method for locating a preset area of a shared device. The method includes: obtaining signal information of the shared device; at least based on the signal information, determining whether the shared device is located in a preset algorithm through a preset algorithm. In the return area; in response to the shared device being located in the preset return area, allowing the shared device to return.
本申请实施例之一提供一种共享设备的预设区域定位系统,所述系统包 括:获取模块,用于获取共享设备的信号信息;处理模块,用于至少基于所述信号信息,通过预设算法确定所述共享设备是否位于预设归还区域内;传输模块,用于响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内,允许所述共享设备归还。One of the embodiments of the present application provides a system for locating a preset area of a shared device. The system includes: an acquisition module, configured to acquire signal information of the shared device; The algorithm determines whether the shared device is located in the preset return area; the transmission module is configured to allow the shared device to be returned in response to the shared device being located in the preset return area.
在一些实施例中,所述信号信息包括所述共享设备的无线信号信息;所述至少基于所述信号信息,通过所述预设算法确定所述共享设备是否位于所述预设归还区域内包括:将所述共享设备的无线信号信息输入第一学习模型,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内的概率;响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内的概率大于第一预设阈值,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内。In some embodiments, the signal information includes wireless signal information of the shared device; the determining whether the shared device is located in the preset return area at least based on the signal information through the preset algorithm includes : Input the wireless signal information of the shared device into the first learning model to determine the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area; responding to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is greater than the first learning model A preset threshold determines that the shared device is located in the preset return area.
在一些实施例中,所述无线信号信息包括wifi信号信息;所述获取共享设备的信号信息包括:接收所述共享设备的无线模块扫描得到的wifi信号列表,所述wifi信号列表包括:wifi信号名称以及对应的wifi信号强度。In some embodiments, the wireless signal information includes wifi signal information; the acquiring the signal information of the shared device includes: receiving a wifi signal list scanned by a wireless module of the sharing device, and the wifi signal list includes: wifi signal Name and corresponding wifi signal strength.
在一些实施例中,所述第一学习模型通过以下方法获得:构建训练数据集,所述训练数据集包括:多个和所述共享设备相同的第一共享设备在所述预设归还区域内归还时所采集到的无线信号信息,多个和所述共享设备相同的第二共享设备未在预设归还区域内归还时所采集到的无线信号信息;对所述训练数据集中的数据进行特征提取,得到第一特征信息;将所述第一特征信息输入初始学习模型进行迭代训练,得到所述第一学习模型。In some embodiments, the first learning model is obtained by the following method: constructing a training data set, the training data set includes: a plurality of first shared devices that are the same as the shared device are in the preset return area Wireless signal information collected when returning, and wireless signal information collected when multiple second shared devices identical to the shared device are not returned in the preset return area; characterize the data in the training data set Extracting to obtain first feature information; inputting the first feature information to an initial learning model for iterative training to obtain the first learning model.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内的概率不大于所述第一预设阈值,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域外;以及,向所述共享设备对应的用户发送提醒信息,以提示所述用户重新寻找归还区域。In some embodiments, the method further includes: in response to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold, determining that the shared device is located in the preset return area Outside; and, sending reminder information to the user corresponding to the sharing device to prompt the user to search for the return area again.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:获取所述共享设备的GPS信号信息;响应于所述GPS信号信息的信号强度大于第二预设阈值,向所述用户发送归还区域推荐信息。In some embodiments, the method further includes: acquiring GPS signal information of the shared device; and in response to the signal strength of the GPS signal information being greater than a second preset threshold, sending return area recommendation information to the user.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:接收所述共享设备的归还反馈,所述 归还反馈包括:在所述预设归还区域内无法归还共享设备、所述无线信号信息获取失败;对所述归还反馈进行审核,若审核通过,则记录所述共享设备的编号和位置信息。In some embodiments, the method further includes: receiving return feedback of the shared device, the return feedback including: the shared device cannot be returned within the preset return area, the wireless signal information acquisition fails; Return the feedback for review, and if the review is passed, record the number and location information of the shared device.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:向管理人员的终端发送所述共享设备的所述编号和所述位置信息,以使得所述管理人员对所述共享设备进行维护。In some embodiments, the method further includes: sending the number and the location information of the shared device to a terminal of an administrator, so that the administrator can maintain the shared device.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:响应于所述共享设备位于预设归还区域内的概率不大于所述第一预设阈值,且收到了共享设备归还成功信息,则记录所述共享设备的用户的错误归还次数自增1;以及,根据所述错误归还次数,确定所述用户下一次使用所述共享设备或同类共享设备的价格。In some embodiments, the method further includes: in response to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold, and the return success information of the shared device is received, recording the shared device The number of erroneous return times of the user of the device is increased by 1; and, according to the number of erroneous return times, the price of the user's next use of the shared device or similar shared devices is determined.
在一些实施例中,所述信号信息包括所述共享设备的位置信息;所述至少基于所述信号信息,通过所述预设算法确定所述共享设备是否位于所述预设归还区域内,包括:获取所述共享设备的位置信息对应的预设归还区域的第二特征信息;至少根据所述第二特征信息,通过第二学习模型确定所述预设归还区域的冗余值;根据所述冗余值和所述预设归还区域,确定所述共享设备是否位于所述预设归还区域内。In some embodiments, the signal information includes location information of the shared device; the determining whether the shared device is located in the preset return area at least based on the signal information through the preset algorithm includes : Obtain the second characteristic information of the preset return area corresponding to the location information of the shared device; determine the redundancy value of the preset return area through a second learning model at least according to the second characteristic information; The redundancy value and the preset return area determine whether the shared device is located in the preset return area.
在一些实施例中,所述第二学习模型通过以下方式获得:获取样本归还区域的第二特征信息;根据所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值;根据所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息;以及,所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值,进行模型训练,得到所述第二学习模型。In some embodiments, the second learning model is obtained by: acquiring second characteristic information of the sample return area; and determining the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area According to the second feature information of the sample return area; and, the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area, perform model training to obtain the second learning model.
在一些实施例中,所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息包括:归还区域的路况信息和共享设备信息;所述根据所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值,包括:根据所述样本归还区域的路况信息和所述共享设备信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值。In some embodiments, the second characteristic information of the sample return area includes: road condition information and shared device information of the return area; and the second characteristic information of the sample return area is determined according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area. The redundancy value includes: determining the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the road condition information of the sample return area and the shared device information.
在一些实施例中,所述归还区域的路况信息包括如下至少一种信息:所述归还区域的道路宽度、所述归还区域距离预设范围内的住宅区面积占比、所述归还区域距离最近的商业区的距离、所述归还区域内的历史人流量信息、所述归还 区域的位置特征;所述归还区域的共享设备信息包括如下至少一种信息:所述归还区域的共享设备数量、所述归还区域的共享设备流出信息、所述归还区域的共享设备流入信息。In some embodiments, the road condition information of the return area includes at least one of the following information: the width of the road in the return area, the proportion of the residential area within a preset range of the return area, and the closest distance to the return area The distance to the business area of the return area, the historical traffic information in the return area, and the location characteristics of the return area; the shared device information of the return area includes at least one of the following information: the number of shared devices in the return area, The shared device outflow information in the return area and the shared device inflow information in the return area are described.
在一些实施例中,所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息包括所述归还区域的交通管控信息;所述根据所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值,包括:根据所述样本归还区域的交通管控信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的最大冗余值;根据所述最大冗余值,对初始冗余值进行调节,得到所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值,所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值小于或等于所述最大冗余值。In some embodiments, the second characteristic information of the sample return area includes traffic control information of the return area; the determining the redundancy corresponding to the sample return area according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area The value includes: determining the maximum redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the traffic control information of the sample return area; adjust the initial redundancy value according to the maximum redundancy value to obtain the sample return area For the corresponding redundancy value, the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area is less than or equal to the maximum redundancy value.
在一些实施例中,所述根据所述冗余值和所述预设归还区域,确定所述共享设备是否位于所述预设归还区域内,包括:获取所述共享设备对应的用户信息;根据所述用户信息对所述预设归还区域对应的冗余值进行调整,得到调整后的冗余值;根据所述调整后的冗余值和所述预设归还区域,确定目标归还区域;响应于所述共享设备的位置在所述目标归还区域内,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内。In some embodiments, the determining whether the shared device is located in the preset return area according to the redundancy value and the preset return area includes: obtaining user information corresponding to the shared device; The user information adjusts the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area to obtain the adjusted redundancy value; determines the target return area according to the adjusted redundancy value and the preset return area; responding When the location of the shared device is within the target return area, it is determined that the shared device is located within the preset return area.
在一些实施例中,所述用户信息包括:用户的信用信息,和/或用户的历史订单信息。In some embodiments, the user information includes: the user's credit information, and/or the user's historical order information.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:基于所述共享设备与所述预设区域的位置关系,向所述共享设备对应的用户发送信息提示。In some embodiments, the method further includes: sending an information prompt to a user corresponding to the sharing device based on the positional relationship between the sharing device and the preset area.
在一些实施例中,所述信息提示反映所述共享设备与所述预设区域的位置关系和/或所述共享设备的计费策略。In some embodiments, the information prompt reflects the location relationship between the shared device and the preset area and/or the charging policy of the shared device.
在一些实施例中,所述基于所述共享设备与所述预设区域的位置关系,向所述共享设备对应的用户发送信息提示,包括:若所述共享设备位于第一预设区域且满足第一预设条件,则向所述用户发送第一提示信息;若所述共享设备位于第二预设区域且满足第二预设条件,则向所述用户发送第二提示信息;若所述共享设备位于第三预设区域,则向所述用户发送第三提示信息;其中,所述第一预 设区域为所述预设归还区域,所述第二预设区域为禁止放置共享设备的区域,所述第三预设区域为所述第一预设区域和所述第二预设区域之外的区域。In some embodiments, the sending an information prompt to a user corresponding to the sharing device based on the positional relationship between the sharing device and the preset area includes: if the sharing device is located in the first preset area and satisfies If the shared device is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset condition, then send the second prompt information to the user; if the shared device is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset condition, send the second prompt information to the user; If the shared device is located in the third preset area, then third prompt information is sent to the user; wherein, the first preset area is the preset return area, and the second preset area is forbidden to place the shared device Area, the third preset area is an area outside the first preset area and the second preset area.
在一些实施例中,所述信息提示包括下述至少一种:所述共享设备的第一计费策略,所述第一计费策略指示所述共享设备位于所述第一预设区域时的计费策略;所述共享设备的第二计费策略,所述第二计费策略指示所述共享设备位于所述第三预设区域时的计费策略。In some embodiments, the information prompt includes at least one of the following: a first charging policy of the shared device, the first charging policy indicating that the shared device is located in the first preset area A charging strategy; a second charging strategy of the shared device, where the second charging strategy indicates a charging strategy when the shared device is located in the third preset area.
在一些实施例中,所述第三提示信息包括所述第一计费策略时,所述第一计费策略通过以下方式确定:获取所述共享设备的位置与所述第一预设区域边界位置点的最小距离;根据所述最小距离、以及预设距离和计费策略的映射关系,确定所述最小距离对应的第一计费策略。In some embodiments, when the third prompt information includes the first charging policy, the first charging policy is determined in the following manner: acquiring the location of the shared device and the boundary of the first preset area The minimum distance of the location point; according to the minimum distance and the mapping relationship between the preset distance and the charging strategy, the first charging strategy corresponding to the minimum distance is determined.
在一些实施例中,所述第一计费策略包括用户行为对应的免费使用策略和/或优惠使用策略。In some embodiments, the first charging policy includes a free use policy and/or a preferential use policy corresponding to the user behavior.
本申请实施例之一提供一种共享设备的预设区域定位装置,所述装置包括至少一个处理器以及至少一个存储器;所述至少一个存储器用于存储计算机指令;所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述计算机指令中的至少部分指令以实现如前所述的共享设备的预设区域定位方法。One of the embodiments of the present application provides a device for locating a preset area of a shared device. The device includes at least one processor and at least one memory; the at least one memory is used to store computer instructions; the at least one processor is used to execute At least some of the computer instructions are used to implement the preset area locating method of the shared device as described above.
本申请实施例之一提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述存储介质存储计算机指令,当计算机读取存储介质中的计算机指令后,计算机执行如前所述的共享设备的预设区域定位方法。One of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer instructions. After the computer reads the computer instructions in the storage medium, the computer executes the previously described method for locating a preset area of a shared device .
附图说明Description of the drawings
本申请将以示例性实施例的方式进一步说明,这些示例性实施例将通过附图进行详细描述。这些实施例并非限制性的,在这些实施例中,相同的编号表示相同的结构,其中:This application will be further described in the form of exemplary embodiments, and these exemplary embodiments will be described in detail with the accompanying drawings. These embodiments are not restrictive. In these embodiments, the same number represents the same structure, in which:
图1是根据本申请一些实施例所示的共享设备的预设区域定位系统的应用场景示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a preset area positioning system of a shared device according to some embodiments of the present application;
图2是根据本申请一些实施例所示的示例性计算设备的示例性硬件组件和/或软件组件的示意图;Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of exemplary hardware components and/or software components of an exemplary computing device according to some embodiments of the present application;
图3是根据本申请一些实施例所示的示例性终端设备的示例性硬件组件和/或软件组件的示意图;Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of exemplary hardware components and/or software components of an exemplary terminal device according to some embodiments of the present application;
图4是根据本申请一些实施例所示的示例性处理设备的示例性模块图;Fig. 4 is an exemplary module diagram of an exemplary processing device according to some embodiments of the present application;
图5是根据本申请一些实施例所示的共享设备的预设区域定位方法的示例性流程图;Fig. 5 is an exemplary flow chart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to some embodiments of the present application;
图6是根据本申请一些实施例所示的共享设备的预设区域定位方法的示例性流程图;Fig. 6 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to some embodiments of the present application;
图7是根据本申请一些实施例所示的wifi信号列表的示意图;Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a wifi signal list according to some embodiments of the present application;
图8和图9是根据本申请一些实施例所示的终端设备显示界面的示意图;8 and 9 are schematic diagrams of display interfaces of terminal devices according to some embodiments of the present application;
图10是根据本申请一些实施例所示的第一学习模型确定方法的示例性流程图;FIG. 10 is an exemplary flow chart of a method for determining a first learning model according to some embodiments of the present application;
图11是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的共享设备的预设区域定位方法的示例性流程图;FIG. 11 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to other embodiments of the present application;
图12是根据本申请一些实施例所示的第二学习模型确定方法的示例性流程图;Fig. 12 is an exemplary flowchart of a second learning model determination method according to some embodiments of the present application;
图13是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的共享设备的预设区域定位方法的示例性流程图;以及FIG. 13 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to other embodiments of the present application; and
图14是根据本申请一些实施例所示的第一计费策略确定方法的示例性流程图。Fig. 14 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for determining a first charging policy according to some embodiments of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单的介绍。显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些示例或实施例,对于本领域的普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前 提下,还可以根据这些附图将本申请应用于其它类似情景。除非从语言环境中显而易见或另做说明,图中相同标号代表相同结构或操作。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the following will briefly introduce the drawings that need to be used in the description of the embodiments. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some examples or embodiments of the application. For those of ordinary skill in the art, without creative work, the application can be applied to the application according to these drawings. Other similar scenarios. Unless it is obvious from the language environment or otherwise stated, the same reference numerals in the figures represent the same structure or operation.
应当理解,本文使用的“系统”、“装置”、“单元”和/或“模块”是用于区分不同级别的不同组件、元件、部件、部分或装配的一种方法。然而,如果其他词语可实现相同的目的,则可通过其他表达来替换所述词语。It should be understood that the “system”, “device”, “unit” and/or “module” used herein is a method for distinguishing different components, elements, parts, parts, or assemblies of different levels. However, if other words can achieve the same purpose, the words can be replaced by other expressions.
如本申请和权利要求书中所示,除非上下文明确提示例外情形,“一”、“一个”、“一种”和/或“该”等词并非特指单数,也可包括复数。一般说来,术语“包括”与“包含”仅提示包括已明确标识的步骤和元素,而这些步骤和元素不构成一个排它性的罗列,方法或者设备也可能包含其它的步骤或元素。As shown in the present application and claims, unless the context clearly suggests exceptional circumstances, the words "a", "an", "an" and/or "the" do not specifically refer to the singular, but may also include the plural. Generally speaking, the terms "include" and "include" only suggest that the clearly identified steps and elements are included, and these steps and elements do not constitute an exclusive list, and the method or device may also include other steps or elements.
本申请中使用了流程图用来说明根据本申请的实施例的系统所执行的操作。应当理解的是,前面或后面操作不一定按照顺序来精确地执行。相反,可以按照倒序或同时处理各个步骤。同时,也可以将其他操作添加到这些过程中,或从这些过程移除某一步或数步操作。In this application, a flowchart is used to illustrate the operations performed by the system according to the embodiment of the application. It should be understood that the preceding or following operations are not necessarily performed exactly in order. Instead, the steps can be processed in reverse order or at the same time. At the same time, other operations can be added to these processes, or a certain step or several operations can be removed from these processes.
本申请的不同实施例的应用场景可以包括但不限于一个或以上网页、浏览器插件和/或扩展、用户终端、定制系统、公司内部分析系统、人工智能机器人等,或其任何组合。应当理解,本文披露的系统和方法的应用场景仅是一些示例或实施例。具有普通技能的本领域,没有进一步的创造性努力,可以将这些方法应用于其他应用场景。例如,其他类似的服务器。Application scenarios of different embodiments of the present application may include, but are not limited to, one or more web pages, browser plug-ins and/or extensions, user terminals, customized systems, internal company analysis systems, artificial intelligence robots, etc., or any combination thereof. It should be understood that the application scenarios of the system and method disclosed herein are only some examples or embodiments. Those with ordinary skills in this field can apply these methods to other application scenarios without further creative efforts. For example, other similar servers.
本申请中的用户位置和/或轨迹可以通过嵌入在用户终端中的定位技术来获取,共享设备的位置和/或轨迹可以通过嵌入在共享设备中的定位技术来获取。本申请中使用的定位技术可以包括全球定位系统(GPS)、全球卫星导航系统(GLONASS)、北斗导航系统(COMPASS)、伽利略定位系统(GLONASS)、准天顶卫星系统(QZSS)、基站定位技术、无线保真(Wi-Fi)定位技术等,或其任意组合。以上定位技术中的一个或多个可以在本申请中交换使用。The location and/or trajectory of the user in the present application can be obtained by the positioning technology embedded in the user terminal, and the location and/or trajectory of the shared device can be obtained by the positioning technology embedded in the shared device. The positioning technology used in this application may include Global Positioning System (GPS), Global Navigation Satellite System (GLONASS), Beidou Navigation System (COMPASS), Galileo Positioning System (GLONASS), Quasi-Zenith Satellite System (QZSS), base station positioning technology , Wi-Fi positioning technology, etc., or any combination thereof. One or more of the above positioning technologies can be used interchangeably in this application.
图1是根据本申请一些实施例所示的共享设备的预设区域定位系统的应用场景示意图。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of a preset area positioning system of a shared device according to some embodiments of the present application.
如图1所示,共享设备的预设区域定位系统100可以包括服务器110、网络120、用户端130、共享设备140和存储器150。在一些实施例中,服务器110可以从用户端130或共享设备140获取共享设备的信号信息(例如,位置信息、无线网络信息等),至少基于所述信号信息确定共享设备140是否在预设归还区域内,当共享设备140在预设归还区域内时,允许共享设备140在当前位置归还。在一些实施例中,服务器110可以基于从共享设备140获取的该共享设备的位置信息,确定共享设备140与预设区域(例如,第一预设区域、第二预设区域、第三预设区域等)之间的位置关系,基于所述位置关系向共享设备140发送对应的提示信息(例如,第一提示信息、第二提示信息、第三提示信息等)。As shown in FIG. 1, the preset area positioning system 100 of the shared device may include a server 110, a network 120, a client 130, a shared device 140 and a storage 150. In some embodiments, the server 110 may obtain the signal information (for example, location information, wireless network information, etc.) of the shared device from the user terminal 130 or the sharing device 140, and determine whether the sharing device 140 is returning by default based on at least the signal information. In the area, when the shared device 140 is in the preset return area, the shared device 140 is allowed to return at the current location. In some embodiments, the server 110 may determine the shared device 140 and the preset area (for example, the first preset area, the second preset area, and the third preset area) based on the location information of the shared device acquired from the shared device 140. Based on the location relationship between regions, etc., corresponding prompt information (for example, first prompt information, second prompt information, third prompt information, etc.) is sent to the sharing device 140 based on the position relationship.
服务器110可以处理从系统100的至少一个组件(例如,用户端130、共享设备140和存储器150)或外部数据源(例如,云数据中心)获取的数据和/或信息。在一些实施例中,服务器110可以是本地的,也可以是远程的。例如,服务器110可以经由网络120访问存储在用户端130、共享设备140和存储器150中的信息和/或数据。又例如,服务器110可以直接与用户端130、共享设备140和存储器150连接已访问存储于其中的数据和/或信息。在一些实施例中,服务器110可以在云平台上实施。仅作为示例,云平台可以包括私有云、公共云、混合云、社区云、分布云、内部云、多层云等或其任意组合。The server 110 may process data and/or information obtained from at least one component of the system 100 (for example, the client 130, the shared device 140, and the storage 150) or an external data source (for example, a cloud data center). In some embodiments, the server 110 may be local or remote. For example, the server 110 may access information and/or data stored in the client 130, the sharing device 140, and the storage 150 via the network 120. For another example, the server 110 may directly connect to the client 130, the sharing device 140, and the storage 150 to access the data and/or information stored therein. In some embodiments, the server 110 may be implemented on a cloud platform. For example only, the cloud platform may include private cloud, public cloud, hybrid cloud, community cloud, distributed cloud, internal cloud, multi-layer cloud, etc., or any combination thereof.
服务器110可以是一个服务器,还可以是服务器群组。所述服务器群组可以是集中式的,例如数据中心。所述服务器群组也可以是分布式的,例如分布式系统。The server 110 may be a server or a server group. The server group may be centralized, such as a data center. The server group may also be distributed, such as a distributed system.
在一些实施例中,服务器110可以包括处理设备112。处理设备112可以处理与共享设备相关的信息和/或数据以执行本说明书中描述的一个或多个功能。例如,处理设备112可以从共享设备140获取其信号信息,并基于所述信号信息判断共享设备140是否位于预设归还区域内,基于判断结果确定是否允许共享设备140在当前位置归还。在一些实施例中,处理设备112可包括至少一个处理单元(例如,单核处理引擎或多核处理引擎)。仅作为示例,处理设备112 包括中央处理单元(CPU)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、专用应用指令集处理器(ASIP)、图形处理单元(GPU)、物理处理单元(PPU)、数字信号处理器(DSP)、现场可程序门阵列(FPGA)、可程序逻辑设备(PLD)、控制器、微控制器单元、精简指令集计算机(RISC)、微处理器等或其任意组合。In some embodiments, the server 110 may include a processing device 112. The processing device 112 may process information and/or data related to the shared device to perform one or more functions described in this specification. For example, the processing device 112 may obtain its signal information from the sharing device 140, determine whether the sharing device 140 is located in the preset return area based on the signal information, and determine whether to allow the sharing device 140 to be returned at the current location based on the determination result. In some embodiments, the processing device 112 may include at least one processing unit (for example, a single-core processing engine or a multi-core processing engine). For example only, the processing device 112 includes a central processing unit (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an application-specific instruction set processor (ASIP), a graphics processing unit (GPU), a physical processing unit (PPU), and a digital signal processor. (DSP), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), Programmable Logic Device (PLD), Controller, Microcontroller Unit, Reduced Instruction Set Computer (RISC), Microprocessor, etc. or any combination thereof.
在一些实施例中,处理设备112可以为用户端130和/或共享设备140的一部分。例如,处理设备112可以集成在用户端130中用于获取并处理用户的位置信息、用户个人信息以及用户历史订单数据等信息。又例如,处理设备112可以集成在共享设备140中,用于获取共享设备140的信号信息,至少基于所述信号信息,通过预设算法确定共享设备140是否位于预设归还区域内,并响应于共享设备140位于所述预设归还区域内,允许共享设备140在当前位置归还。In some embodiments, the processing device 112 may be a part of the client 130 and/or the sharing device 140. For example, the processing device 112 may be integrated in the user terminal 130 to obtain and process information such as the user's location information, the user's personal information, and the user's historical order data. For another example, the processing device 112 may be integrated in the sharing device 140 to obtain signal information of the sharing device 140, and at least based on the signal information, determine whether the sharing device 140 is located in the preset return area through a preset algorithm, and respond to The sharing device 140 is located in the preset return area, allowing the sharing device 140 to be returned at the current location.
网络120可以提供信息交换的渠道。网络120可以是单一网络,也可以是多种网络组合的。仅作为示例,网络120可以包括缆线网络、有线网络、光纤网络、远程通信网络、内部网络、互联网、局域网络(LAN)、广域网路(WAN)、无线局域网络(WLAN)、城域网(MAN)、公共开关电话网络(PSTN)、蓝牙网络、紫蜂网络、近场通讯(NFC)网络、全球行动通讯系统(GSM)网络、码分多址(CDMA)网络、时分多址(TDMA)网络、通用分组无线服务(GPRS)网络、增强数据速率GSM演进(EDGE)网络、宽带码分多址接入(WCDMA)网络、高速下行分组接入(HSDPA)网络、长期演进(LTE)网络、用户数据报协议(UDP)网络、传输控制协议/互联网协议(TCP/IP)网络、短讯息服务(SMS)网络、无线应用协议(WAP)网络、超宽带(UWB)网络、红外线等或其任意组合。在一些实施例中,网络120可以包括一个或多个网络接入点。例如,网络120可以包括有线或无线网络接入点,如基站和/或互联网交换点120-1、120-2、……,系统100的一个或多个部件可以通过接入点连接到网络120以交换数据和/或信息。The network 120 may provide channels for information exchange. The network 120 may be a single network or a combination of multiple networks. For example only, the network 120 may include a cable network, a wired network, an optical fiber network, a telecommunication network, an internal network, the Internet, a local area network (LAN), a wide area network (WAN), a wireless local area network (WLAN), a metropolitan area network ( MAN), Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), Bluetooth Network, Zigbee Network, Near Field Communication (NFC) Network, Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) Network, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) Network, Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) Network, general packet radio service (GPRS) network, enhanced data rate GSM evolution (EDGE) network, broadband code division multiple access (WCDMA) network, high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) network, long-term evolution (LTE) network, User Datagram Protocol (UDP) network, Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) network, Short Message Service (SMS) network, Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) network, Ultra Wideband (UWB) network, infrared, etc. or any of them combination. In some embodiments, the network 120 may include one or more network access points. For example, the network 120 may include wired or wireless network access points, such as base stations and/or Internet exchange points 120-1, 120-2, ..., and one or more components of the system 100 may be connected to the network 120 through the access points. To exchange data and/or information.
用户端130的所有者可以是用户本人或用户本人之外的其他人。例如,用户端130的所有者A可以使用用户端130发送针对用户B的服务请求,和/或 从服务器110接收服务确认和/或信息或指令。在一些实施例中,用户端130可以包括各类具有信息接收和/或发送功能的设备。例如,用户端130可以包括但不限于平板电脑130-1、笔记本电脑130-2、移动设备130-3、台式电脑等或其任意组合。用户端130可以处理信息和/或数据。在一些实施例中,用户端130可以是具有定位功能的设备,从而可以提供用户端130的位置相关信息。位置相关信息可包括位置、高度、速度、加速度、时间等。在一些实施例中,系统100也可以包括其他具有定位功能的设备(例如,卫星定位设备、GPS定位设备),这些设备可以与系统100中的组件(例如,用户端130、共享设备140等)通信以确定其位置相关信息。在一些实施例中,用户端130可以用于接收和展示服务器110发送的提示信息。在一些实施例中,用户端130可以包括短距离通信装置。短距离通信技术指作用在距离在毫米级到千米级的,局部范围内的无线通信技术。例如,短距离通信装置可以为基于华为Hilink协议、WiFi(IEEE 802.11协议)、Mesh、蓝牙、ZigBee、Thread、Z-Wave、NFC(近距离无线通讯技术,Near Field Communication)、UWB(无载波通信技术,Ultra Wideband)、LiFi(光保真技术,LightFidelity)等,实现与共享设备140进行无线通信。The owner of the user terminal 130 may be the user himself or someone other than the user himself. For example, the owner A of the user terminal 130 may use the user terminal 130 to send a service request for the user B, and/or receive service confirmation and/or information or instructions from the server 110. In some embodiments, the user terminal 130 may include various types of devices with information receiving and/or sending functions. For example, the user terminal 130 may include, but is not limited to, a tablet computer 130-1, a notebook computer 130-2, a mobile device 130-3, a desktop computer, etc., or any combination thereof. The client 130 can process information and/or data. In some embodiments, the user terminal 130 may be a device with a positioning function, so that the location related information of the user terminal 130 may be provided. The location-related information may include location, altitude, speed, acceleration, time, and so on. In some embodiments, the system 100 may also include other devices with positioning functions (for example, satellite positioning devices, GPS positioning devices), and these devices may interact with components in the system 100 (for example, the user terminal 130, the sharing device 140, etc.) Communicate to determine information about its location. In some embodiments, the client 130 may be used to receive and display the prompt information sent by the server 110. In some embodiments, the user terminal 130 may include a short-range communication device. Short-distance communication technology refers to wireless communication technology that works in a local range with a distance of millimeters to kilometers. For example, short-range communication devices can be based on Huawei Hilink protocol, WiFi (IEEE 802.11 protocol), Mesh, Bluetooth, ZigBee, Thread, Z-Wave, NFC (Near Field Communication), UWB (No Carrier Communication) Technologies, such as Ultra Wideband, LiFi (Light Fidelity), etc., realize wireless communication with the shared device 140.
在一些实施例中,共享设备140可以包括但不限于共享自行车140-1、共享电单车140-2、共享充电宝140-3、共享电动摩托、共享汽车、共享雨伞、共享滑板等共享物品。在一些实施例中,共享设备140可以包括通信端口,通信端口可以与服务器110、用户端130等实现网络通信。例如,通过移动通信网络与服务器110进行信号连接,接收服务器110下发的各种控制指令、提示信息等,或向服务器110上传其自身状态信息,包括但不限于位置信息、wifi信号信息、电池剩余电量、移动速度等等。在一些实施例中,共享设备140中可以集成短距离通信装置,通过短距离通信装置与用户端130实现短距离通信。在一些实施例中,共享设备140可以与该共享设备上各类传感器进行信号连接,还可以与共享设备上的各执行部件具有信号连接。例如,共享设备140为共享单车时,可以与共享车辆上的锁具、指示灯、声音装置等部件具有信号连接,以控制锁具、 指示灯、声音装置等部件的开启或关闭。In some embodiments, the shared device 140 may include, but is not limited to, shared bicycles 140-1, shared motorcycles 140-2, shared power banks 140-3, shared electric motorcycles, shared cars, shared umbrellas, shared skateboards and other shared items. In some embodiments, the sharing device 140 may include a communication port, and the communication port may implement network communication with the server 110, the user terminal 130, and the like. For example, it connects with the server 110 via a mobile communication network, receives various control instructions, prompt information, etc. issued by the server 110, or uploads its own status information to the server 110, including but not limited to location information, wifi signal information, and battery Remaining battery, moving speed, etc. In some embodiments, a short-distance communication device may be integrated in the sharing device 140, and short-distance communication is implemented with the user terminal 130 through the short-distance communication device. In some embodiments, the sharing device 140 may have signal connections with various sensors on the sharing device, and may also have signal connections with various execution components on the sharing device. For example, when the shared device 140 is a shared bicycle, it may have a signal connection with the lock, indicator light, sound device and other components on the shared vehicle to control the opening or closing of the lock, indicator light, sound device and other components.
在一些实施例中,共享设备140可以包括输入装置和输出装置。示例性输入装置可以包括键盘、鼠标、触摸屏和麦克风等,或其任意组合。示例性输出装置可以包括显示设备、扬声器、打印机、投影仪等,或其任意组合。示例性显示设备可以包括液晶显示器(LCD)、基于发光二极管(LED)的显示器、平板显示器、曲面显示器、电视设备、阴极射线管(CRT)等,或其任意组合。在一些实施例中,共享设备140可以包括定位装置,用于提供共享设备的位置相关信息(例如,GPS信号信息)。示例性地位置相关信息可包括位置、高度、速度、加速度、时间等。在一些实施例中,共享设备140可以包括无线模块,用于扫描无线信息,例如,wifi信号信息。In some embodiments, the sharing device 140 may include an input device and an output device. Exemplary input devices may include a keyboard, a mouse, a touch screen, a microphone, etc., or any combination thereof. Exemplary output devices may include display devices, speakers, printers, projectors, etc., or any combination thereof. Exemplary display devices may include liquid crystal displays (LCD), light emitting diode (LED)-based displays, flat panel displays, curved displays, television equipment, cathode ray tubes (CRT), etc., or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the shared device 140 may include a positioning device for providing location-related information (for example, GPS signal information) of the shared device. Exemplary location-related information may include location, altitude, speed, acceleration, time, and so on. In some embodiments, the sharing device 140 may include a wireless module for scanning wireless information, for example, wifi signal information.
在一些实施例中,存储器150可以存储处理设备112可以执行或使用以完成本说明书描述的示例性方法的数据和/或指令。在一些实施例中,存储器150可包括大容量存储器、可移动存储器、易失性读写存储器、只读存储器(ROM)等或其任意组合。示例性的大容量存储器可以包括磁盘、光盘、固态磁盘等。示例性可移动存储器可以包括闪存驱动器、软盘、光盘、存储卡、压缩盘、磁带等。示例性易失性读写存储器可以包括随机存取存储器(RAM)。示例性RAM可包括动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(DDRSDRAM)、静态随机存取存储器(SRAM)、晶闸管随机存取存储器(T-RAM)、零电容随机存取存储器(Z-RAM)等。示例性只读存储器可以包括掩模型只读存储器(MROM)、可编程只读存储器(PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(PEROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM)、光盘只读存储器(CD-ROM)、数字多功能磁盘只读存储器等。在一些实施例中,存储器150可在云平台上实现。仅作为示例,云平台可以包括私有云、公共云、混合云、社区云、分布云、内部云、多层云等或其任意组合。In some embodiments, the memory 150 may store data and/or instructions that can be executed or used by the processing device 112 to complete the exemplary methods described in this specification. In some embodiments, the memory 150 may include mass memory, removable memory, volatile read-write memory, read-only memory (ROM), etc., or any combination thereof. Exemplary mass storage devices may include magnetic disks, optical disks, solid state disks, and the like. Exemplary removable storage may include flash drives, floppy disks, optical disks, memory cards, compact disks, magnetic tapes, and the like. An exemplary volatile read-write memory may include random access memory (RAM). Exemplary RAM may include dynamic random access memory (DRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (DDRSDRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), thyristor random access memory (T-RAM), zero capacitance Random access memory (Z-RAM), etc. Exemplary read-only memory may include mask-type read-only memory (MROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (PEROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), CD-ROM, digital versatile disk read-only memory, etc. In some embodiments, the storage 150 may be implemented on a cloud platform. For example only, the cloud platform may include private cloud, public cloud, hybrid cloud, community cloud, distributed cloud, internal cloud, multi-layer cloud, etc., or any combination thereof.
在一些实施例中,系统100中的至少一个组件可以经由网络120访问存储在存储器150中的数据或指令。在一些实施例中,存储器150可以作为后端 存储器直接连接到服务器110。在一些实施例中,存储器150可以是服务器110、用户端130和/或共享设备140的一部分。In some embodiments, at least one component in the system 100 can access data or instructions stored in the memory 150 via the network 120. In some embodiments, the storage 150 may be directly connected to the server 110 as a back-end storage. In some embodiments, the storage 150 may be a part of the server 110, the client 130, and/or the shared device 140.
应当注意的是,上述有关系统100的描述仅仅是为了示例和说明,而不限定本申请的适用范围。对于本领域技术人员来说,在本申请的指导下可以对系统100进行各种修正和改变。然而,这些修正和改变仍在本申请的范围之内。It should be noted that the foregoing description of the system 100 is only for example and description, and does not limit the scope of application of the present application. For those skilled in the art, various modifications and changes can be made to the system 100 under the guidance of this application. However, these amendments and changes are still within the scope of this application.
图2是根据本申请一些实施例所示的示例性计算设备的示例性硬件组件和/或软件组件的示意图。Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of exemplary hardware components and/or software components of an exemplary computing device according to some embodiments of the present application.
如图2所示,计算设备200可以包括处理器210、存储器220、输入/输出230和通信端口240。处理器210可以执行计算指令(程序代码)并执行本发明描述的预设区域定位系统100的功能。所述计算指令可以包括程序、对象、组件、数据结构、过程、模块和功能(所述功能指本发明中描述的特定功能)。例如,处理器210可以处理从系统100的其他任何组件获得的图像或文本数据。在一些实施例中,处理器210可以包括微控制器、微处理器、精简指令集计算机(RISC)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、应用特定指令集处理器(ASIP)、中央处理器(CPU)、图形处理单元(GPU)、物理处理单元(PPU)、微控制器单元、数字信号处理器(DSP)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)、高级RISC机(ARM)、可编程逻辑器件以及能够执行一个或多个功能的任何电路和处理器等,或其任意组合。仅为了说明,图2中的计算设备200只描述了一个处理器,但需要注意的是本发明中的计算设备200还可以包括多个处理器。As shown in FIG. 2, the computing device 200 may include a processor 210, a memory 220, an input/output 230, and a communication port 240. The processor 210 can execute calculation instructions (program code) and perform the functions of the preset area positioning system 100 described in the present invention. The calculation instructions may include programs, objects, components, data structures, procedures, modules, and functions (the functions refer to the specific functions described in the present invention). For example, the processor 210 may process image or text data obtained from any other components of the system 100. In some embodiments, the processor 210 may include a microcontroller, a microprocessor, a reduced instruction set computer (RISC), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an application specific instruction set processor (ASIP), a central processing unit (CPU) , Graphics processing unit (GPU), physical processing unit (PPU), microcontroller unit, digital signal processor (DSP), field programmable gate array (FPGA), advanced RISC machine (ARM), programmable logic device, and Any circuit, processor, etc. that perform one or more functions, or any combination thereof. For illustration only, the computing device 200 in FIG. 2 only describes one processor, but it should be noted that the computing device 200 in the present invention may also include multiple processors.
存储器220可以存储从预设区域定位系统100的任何其他组件获得的数据/信息。在一些实施例中,存储器220可以包括大容量存储器、可移动存储器、易失性读取和写入存储器和只读存储器(ROM)等,或其任意组合。示例性大容量存储器可以包括磁盘、光盘和固态驱动器等。可移动存储器可以包括闪存驱动器、软盘、光盘、存储卡、压缩盘和磁带等。易失性读取和写入存储器可以包括随机存取存储器(RAM)。RAM可以包括动态RAM(DRAM)、双倍速率同步动态RAM(DDR SDRAM)、静态RAM(SRAM)、晶闸管RAM(T-RAM)和零电容(Z- RAM)等。ROM可以包括掩模ROM(MROM)、可编程ROM(PROM)、可擦除可编程ROM(PEROM)、电可擦除可编程ROM(EEPROM)、光盘ROM(CD-ROM)和数字通用盘ROM等。The memory 220 may store data/information obtained from any other components of the preset area positioning system 100. In some embodiments, the memory 220 may include mass memory, removable memory, volatile read and write memory, read-only memory (ROM), etc., or any combination thereof. Exemplary mass storage devices may include magnetic disks, optical disks, solid state drives, and the like. Removable storage can include flash drives, floppy disks, optical disks, memory cards, compact disks, and magnetic tapes. Volatile read and write memory may include random access memory (RAM). RAM can include dynamic RAM (DRAM), double-rate synchronous dynamic RAM (DDR SDRAM), static RAM (SRAM), thyristor RAM (T-RAM), zero capacitance (Z-RAM), and so on. ROM can include mask ROM (MROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable ROM (PEROM), electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM), compact disk ROM (CD-ROM) and digital universal disk ROM Wait.
输入/输出230可以用于输入或输出信号、数据或信息。在一些实施例中,输入/输出230可以使用户与系统100进行联系。在一些实施例中,输入/输出230可以包括输入装置和输出装置。示例性输入装置可以包括键盘、鼠标、触摸屏和麦克风等,或其任意组合。示例性输出装置可以包括显示设备、扬声器、打印机、投影仪等,或其任意组合。示例性显示设备可以包括液晶显示器(LCD)、基于发光二极管(LED)的显示器、平板显示器、曲面显示器、电视设备、阴极射线管(CRT)等,或其任意组合。The input/output 230 may be used to input or output signals, data or information. In some embodiments, the input/output 230 may enable the user to communicate with the system 100. In some embodiments, the input/output 230 may include an input device and an output device. Exemplary input devices may include a keyboard, a mouse, a touch screen, a microphone, etc., or any combination thereof. Exemplary output devices may include display devices, speakers, printers, projectors, etc., or any combination thereof. Exemplary display devices may include liquid crystal displays (LCD), light emitting diode (LED)-based displays, flat panel displays, curved displays, television equipment, cathode ray tubes (CRT), etc., or any combination thereof.
通信端口240可以连接到网络以便数据通信。所述连接可以是有线连接、无线连接或两者的组合。有线连接可以包括电缆、光缆或电话线等,或其任意组合。无线连接可以包括蓝牙、Wi-Fi、WiMax、WLAN、ZigBee、移动网络(例如,3G、4G或5G等)等,或其任意组合。在一些实施例中,通信端口240可以是标准化端口,如RS232、RS485等。在一些实施例中,通信端口240可以是专门设计的端口。The communication port 240 may be connected to a network for data communication. The connection may be a wired connection, a wireless connection, or a combination of both. Wired connections can include cables, optical cables, or telephone lines, etc., or any combination thereof. The wireless connection may include Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, WiMax, WLAN, ZigBee, mobile networks (for example, 3G, 4G, or 5G, etc.), etc., or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the communication port 240 may be a standardized port, such as RS232, RS485, and so on. In some embodiments, the communication port 240 may be a specially designed port.
图3是根据本申请一些实施例所示的示例性终端设备的示例性硬件组件和/或软件组件的示意图。Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of exemplary hardware components and/or software components of an exemplary terminal device according to some embodiments of the present application.
在一些实施例中,用户端130或共享设备140的部分或全部功能可以通过终端设备300实现。如图3所示,终端设备300可包括通信单元310、显示单元320、图形处理器(GPU)330、中央处理器(CPU)340、输入/输出单元350、内存360和存储单元390。在一些实施例中,终端设备300也可以包括任何其它合适的组件,包括但不限于系统总线或控制器(图中未显示)。在一些实施例中,移动操作系统370(例如,iOSTM,Android,Windows PhoneTM等)和一个或多个应用程序380可以从存储单元390装载入内存360,以便能够由中央处理器340执行。应用程序380可以包括浏览器或任何其他合适的移动应用程序,用于 从处理设备112接收和呈现提示信息或其他信息相关的信息。信息流的用户交互可以通过输入/输出单元350实现,并且通过网络120提供给处理设备112和/或共享设备的预设区域定位系统100的其他组件。In some embodiments, part or all of the functions of the user terminal 130 or the sharing device 140 may be implemented by the terminal device 300. As shown in FIG. 3, the terminal device 300 may include a communication unit 310, a display unit 320, a graphics processing unit (GPU) 330, a central processing unit (CPU) 340, an input/output unit 350, a memory 360, and a storage unit 390. In some embodiments, the terminal device 300 may also include any other suitable components, including but not limited to a system bus or a controller (not shown in the figure). In some embodiments, the mobile operating system 370 (for example, iOS™, Android, Windows Phone™, etc.) and one or more application programs 380 may be loaded from the storage unit 390 into the memory 360 so as to be executed by the central processing unit 340. The application program 380 may include a browser or any other suitable mobile application program for receiving and presenting prompt information or other information related information from the processing device 112. The user interaction of the information flow may be implemented through the input/output unit 350, and provided to the processing device 112 and/or other components of the preset area positioning system 100 of the shared device through the network 120.
为了实现本申请中描述的各种模块、单元及其功能,计算机硬件平台可以用作本申请中描述的一个或多个元素的硬件平台。具有用户界面元素的计算机可用于实现个人计算机(PC)或任何其他类型的工作站或终端设备。如果适当编程,计算机也可以充当服务器。In order to realize the various modules, units and functions described in this application, a computer hardware platform may be used as a hardware platform for one or more elements described in this application. A computer with user interface elements can be used to implement a personal computer (PC) or any other type of workstation or terminal device. If properly programmed, the computer can also act as a server.
图4是根据本申请一些实施例所示的示例性处理设备的示例性模块图。Fig. 4 is an exemplary block diagram of an exemplary processing device according to some embodiments of the present application.
图4所示的处理设备可以为集成于共享平台的后台服务器(如服务器110)中的控制器或处理器等,也可以为集成于共享设备(如共享设备140)或用户端(如用户端130)中用于进行数据处理功能的控制器、处理器等。如图4所示,在一些实施例中,处理设备(例如,处理设备112)可以包括获取模块410、处理模块420、传输模块430以及训练模块440。这些模块也可以作为应用程序或一组由处理设备读取和执行的指令实现。此外,模块可以是硬件电路和应用/指令的任何组合。例如,当处理设备或处理器执行应用程序/一组指令时,模块可以是处理器的一部分。The processing device shown in FIG. 4 may be a controller or processor integrated in a back-end server (such as server 110) of a shared platform, or may be integrated in a shared device (such as shared device 140) or a client (such as a user terminal). 130) Controllers, processors, etc. used to perform data processing functions. As shown in FIG. 4, in some embodiments, the processing device (for example, the processing device 112) may include an acquisition module 410, a processing module 420, a transmission module 430, and a training module 440. These modules can also be implemented as an application program or a set of instructions read and executed by a processing device. In addition, the module can be any combination of hardware circuits and applications/instructions. For example, when a processing device or processor executes an application program/a set of instructions, the module may be a part of the processor.
获取模块410可以用于获取共享设备的信号信息。在一些实施例中,获取模块410可以用于获取共享设备的无线信号信息。在一些实施例中,所述无线信号信息包括wifi信号信息。例如,获取模块410可以接收共享设备的无线模块扫描得到的wifi信号列表。所述wifi信号列表可以包括但不限于wifi信号名称以及对应的wifi信号强度。在一些实施例中,获取模块410可以用于获取共享设备的位置信息。例如,获取模块410可以从用户端130或共享设备140的定位装置获取共享设备的GPS信号信息、定位信息等。The obtaining module 410 may be used to obtain signal information of the shared device. In some embodiments, the obtaining module 410 may be used to obtain wireless signal information of the shared device. In some embodiments, the wireless signal information includes wifi signal information. For example, the acquiring module 410 may receive a list of wifi signals scanned by the wireless module of the shared device. The wifi signal list may include, but is not limited to, wifi signal names and corresponding wifi signal strengths. In some embodiments, the obtaining module 410 may be used to obtain the location information of the shared device. For example, the acquiring module 410 may acquire GPS signal information, positioning information, etc. of the shared device from the user terminal 130 or the positioning device of the shared device 140.
在一些实施例中,获取模块410还可以用于获取预设区域的相关信息。例如,获取模块410可以获取共享设备当前位置对应的预设归还区域的第二特征信息。在一些实施例中,获取模块410还可以用于获取用户信息。例如,获取 模块410可以从用户端130获取发起共享设备相关的服务请求的用户信息。在一些实施例中,用户信息可以包括用户信用信息和/或用户历史订单信息等。In some embodiments, the obtaining module 410 may also be used to obtain related information of the preset area. For example, the acquiring module 410 may acquire the second characteristic information of the preset return area corresponding to the current location of the shared device. In some embodiments, the obtaining module 410 may also be used to obtain user information. For example, the obtaining module 410 may obtain information from the user terminal 130 of the user who initiated the service request related to the shared device. In some embodiments, the user information may include user credit information and/or user history order information, etc.
处理模块420可以用于处理共享设备的相关信息。例如,处理模块420可以至少基于共享设备的信号信息,通过预设算法确定所述共享设备是否位于预设归还区域内。在一些实施例中,处理模块420可以获取共享设备的GPS信号信息,并响应于所述GPS信号信息的信号强度大于第二预设阈值,向与所述共享设备对应的用户发送归还区域推荐信息。在一些实施例中,处理模块420可以响应于共享设备位于预设归还区域内的概率不大于第一预设阈值,且收到了共享设备归还成功信息,记录所述共享设备的用户的错误归还次数自增1;以及,根据所述错误归还次数,确定所述用户下一次使用所述共享设备或同类共享设备的价格。The processing module 420 may be used to process related information of the shared device. For example, the processing module 420 may determine whether the shared device is located in the preset return area based on at least the signal information of the shared device through a preset algorithm. In some embodiments, the processing module 420 may obtain the GPS signal information of the shared device, and in response to the signal strength of the GPS signal information being greater than the second preset threshold, send return area recommendation information to the user corresponding to the shared device . In some embodiments, the processing module 420 may respond to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area not greater than the first preset threshold and receive the return success information of the shared device, and record the number of times of error return of the user of the shared device Self-incremented by 1; and, according to the error return times, determine the price of the user's next use of the shared device or similar shared devices.
在一些实施例中,处理模块420可以进一步包括判断单元423、记录单元425和计算单元427。在一些实施例中,判断单元423可以用于判断共享设备当前位置是否在预设归还区域内。例如,判断单元423可以将共享设备的无线信号信息输入第一学习模型,确定所述共享设备位于预设归还区域内的概率;响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内的概率大于第一预设阈值,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内。在一些实施例中,判断单元423还可以响应于共享设备位于预设归还区域内的概率不大于所述第一预设阈值,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域外,并向所述共享设备对应的用户发送提醒信息,以提示所述用户重新寻找归还区域。In some embodiments, the processing module 420 may further include a judgment unit 423, a recording unit 425, and a calculation unit 427. In some embodiments, the determining unit 423 may be used to determine whether the current location of the shared device is within the preset return area. For example, the judgment unit 423 may input the wireless signal information of the shared device into the first learning model to determine the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area; responding to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is greater than The first preset threshold determines that the shared device is located in the preset return area. In some embodiments, the judging unit 423 may also determine that the shared device is located outside the preset return area in response to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold, and report to the shared device. The user corresponding to the shared device sends a reminder message to prompt the user to search for the return area again.
在一些实施例中,记录单元425可以用于接收所述共享设备的归还反馈,并对所述归还反馈进行审核,若审核通过,则记录所述共享设备的编号和位置信息。所述归还反馈可以包括在所述预设归还区域内无法归还共享设备和/或无线信号信息获取失败等。In some embodiments, the recording unit 425 may be used to receive the return feedback of the shared device, and review the return feedback, and if the review is passed, record the number and location information of the shared device. The return feedback may include the failure to return the shared device within the preset return area and/or the failure to obtain wireless signal information.
在一些实施例中,计算单元427可以用于计算预设归还区域的冗余值。例如,计算单元427可以获取共享设备的位置信息对应的预设归还区域的第二 特征信息;至少根据所述第二特征信息,通过第二学习模型确定所述预设归还区域的冗余值;根据所述冗余值和所述预设归还区域,确定所述共享设备是否位于所述预设归还区域内。在一些实施例中,所述第二特征信息可以包括但不限于归还区域的用户信息、路况信息、共享设备信息、交通管控信息等,或其任意组合。在一些实施例中,计算单元427还可以获取所述共享设备对应的用户信息;根据所述用户信息对所述预设归还区域对应的冗余值进行调整,根据调整后的冗余值和所述预设归还区域,确定目标归还区域;响应于所述共享设备的位置在所述目标归还区域内,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内。In some embodiments, the calculation unit 427 may be used to calculate the redundancy value of the preset return area. For example, the calculation unit 427 may obtain the second characteristic information of the preset return area corresponding to the location information of the shared device; at least according to the second characteristic information, determine the redundancy value of the preset return area through a second learning model; According to the redundancy value and the preset return area, determine whether the shared device is located in the preset return area. In some embodiments, the second characteristic information may include, but is not limited to, user information, road condition information, shared device information, traffic control information, etc., of the return area, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the calculation unit 427 may also obtain user information corresponding to the shared device; adjust the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area according to the user information, and adjust the redundancy value according to the adjusted redundancy value and the total value. The preset return area determines a target return area; in response to the location of the shared device being within the target return area, it is determined that the shared device is located in the preset return area.
传输模块430可以用于传输信息。例如,传输模块430可以响应于共享设备位于预设归还区域内,向共享设备发送允许所述共享设备归还的信息。在一些实施例中,传输模块430还可以向管理人员的终端(例如,用户端130)发送共享设备的编号和位置信息,以使得所述管理人员对所述共享设备进行维护。在一些实施例中,传输模块430还可以基于共享设备与预设区域的位置关系,向所述共享设备对应的用户发送信息提示。在一些实施例中,所述信息提示可以反映共享设备与预设区域的位置关系和/或共享设备的计费策略。在一些实施例中,共享设备的计费策略可以包括第一计费策略和第二计费策略。所述第一计费策略指示共享设备位于第一预设区域时的计费策略;所述第二计费策略指示共享设备位于第三预设区域时的计费策略。在一些实施例中,第一计费策略包括用户行为对应的免费使用策略和/或优惠使用策略。The transmission module 430 may be used to transmit information. For example, the transmission module 430 may respond to the sharing device being located in the preset return area, and send to the sharing device information allowing the sharing device to be returned. In some embodiments, the transmission module 430 may also send the number and location information of the shared device to the terminal of the manager (for example, the user terminal 130), so that the manager can maintain the shared device. In some embodiments, the transmission module 430 may also send an information prompt to the user corresponding to the shared device based on the positional relationship between the shared device and the preset area. In some embodiments, the information prompt may reflect the location relationship between the shared device and the preset area and/or the charging policy of the shared device. In some embodiments, the charging policy of the shared device may include a first charging policy and a second charging policy. The first charging policy indicates a charging policy when the shared device is located in a first preset area; the second charging policy indicates a charging policy when the shared device is located in a third preset area. In some embodiments, the first charging policy includes a free use policy and/or a preferential use policy corresponding to the user behavior.
在一些实施例中,传输模块430可以通过以下方式确定第一计费策略:获取共享设备的位置与第一预设区域边界位置点的最小距离;根据所述最小距离、以及预设距离和计费策略的映射关系,确定所述最小距离对应的第一计费策略。In some embodiments, the transmission module 430 may determine the first charging policy in the following manner: obtain the minimum distance between the location of the shared device and the boundary location point of the first preset area; The mapping relationship of the charging strategy determines the first charging strategy corresponding to the minimum distance.
在一些实施例中,传输模块430可以进一步包括第一发送单元433、第二发送单元435以及第三发送单元437。第一发送单元433可以用于当共享设备位于第一预设区域且满足第一预设条件时,向用户发送第一提示信息;第二发送单 元435可以用于当共享设备位于第二预设区域且满足第二预设条件时,向用户发送第二提示信息;第三发送单元437可以用于当共享设备位于第三预设区域时,向用户发送第三提示信息。其中,所述第一预设区域为所述预设归还区域,所述第二预设区域为禁止放置共享设备的区域,所述第三预设区域为所述第一预设区域和所述第二预设区域之外的区域。In some embodiments, the transmission module 430 may further include a first sending unit 433, a second sending unit 435, and a third sending unit 437. The first sending unit 433 can be used to send first prompt information to the user when the shared device is located in the first preset area and the first preset condition is met; the second sending unit 435 can be used to send first prompt information to the user when the shared device is located in the second preset area. When the area meets the second preset condition, send second prompt information to the user; the third sending unit 437 may be configured to send third prompt information to the user when the sharing device is located in the third preset area. Wherein, the first preset area is the preset return area, the second preset area is an area where sharing devices are prohibited from being placed, and the third preset area is the first preset area and the The area outside the second preset area.
训练模块440可以用于训练学习模型,例如,第一学习模型和第二学习模型。在一些实施例中,训练模块440可以构建训练数据集,对所述训练数据集中的数据进行特征提取,得到第一特征信息;将所述第一特征信息输入初始学习模型进行迭代训练,得到所述第一学习模型。所述训练数据集可以包括多个和所述共享设备相同的第一共享设备在所述预设归还区域内归还时所采集到的无线信号信息,多个和所述共享设备相同的第二共享设备未在所述预设归还区域内归还时所采集到的无线信号信息。在一些实施例中,训练模块440可以获取样本归还区域的第二特征信息;根据所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值;根据所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息以及所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值,进行模型训练,得到所述第二学习模型。The training module 440 may be used to train learning models, for example, a first learning model and a second learning model. In some embodiments, the training module 440 may construct a training data set, perform feature extraction on the data in the training data set to obtain first feature information; input the first feature information into the initial learning model for iterative training, and obtain the first feature information. Describe the first learning model. The training data set may include wireless signal information collected by multiple first shared devices that are the same as the shared device when they are returned in the preset return area, and multiple second shared devices that are the same as the shared device. Wireless signal information collected when the device is not returned in the preset return area. In some embodiments, the training module 440 may obtain the second characteristic information of the sample return area; determine the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area; according to the sample return area Performing model training on the second feature information of and the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area to obtain the second learning model.
在一些实施例中,样本归还区域的第二特征信息可以包括归还区域的路况信息和共享设备信息。在一些实施例中,归还区域的路况信息可以包括如下至少一种信息:归还区域的道路宽度、归还区域距离预设范围内的住宅区面积占比、归还区域距离最近的商业区的距离、归还区域内的历史人流量信息、归还区域的位置特征。在一些实施例中,归还区域的共享设备信息可以包括如下至少一种信息:归还区域的共享设备数量、归还区域的共享设备流出信息、归还区域的共享设备流入信息。示例性地,训练模块440可以根据所述样本归还区域的路况信息和共享设备信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值。在一些实施例中,所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息还可以包括所述归还区域的交通管控信息。示例性地,训练模块440可以根据所述样本归还区域的交通管控信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的最大冗余值;根据所述最大冗余值,对初始冗余值进行调节, 得到所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值,所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值小于或等于所述最大冗余值。In some embodiments, the second characteristic information of the sample return area may include road condition information and shared device information of the return area. In some embodiments, the road condition information of the return area may include at least one of the following information: the road width of the return area, the proportion of the residential area within a preset range of the return area, the distance between the return area and the nearest commercial area, and the return area. Historical traffic information in the area and the location characteristics of the return area. In some embodiments, the shared device information in the return area may include at least one of the following information: the number of shared devices in the return area, shared device outflow information in the return area, and shared device inflow information in the return area. Exemplarily, the training module 440 may determine the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the road condition information and the shared device information of the sample return area. In some embodiments, the second characteristic information of the sample return area may also include traffic control information of the return area. Exemplarily, the training module 440 may determine the maximum redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the traffic control information of the sample return area; adjust the initial redundancy value according to the maximum redundancy value to obtain The redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area, and the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area is less than or equal to the maximum redundancy value.
应当理解,图4所示的处理设备400及其模块可以利用各种方式来实现。例如,在一些实施例中,处理设备400及其模块可以通过硬件、软件或者软件和硬件的结合来实现。其中,硬件部分可以利用专用逻辑来实现;软件部分则可以存储在存储器中,由适当的指令执行系统,例如微处理器或者专用设计硬件来执行。本领域技术人员可以理解上述的方法和系统可以使用计算机可执行指令和/或包含在处理器控制代码中来实现,例如在诸如磁盘、CD或DVD-ROM的载体介质、诸如只读存储器(固件)的可编程的存储器或者诸如光学或电子信号载体的数据载体上提供了这样的代码。本申请的系统及其模块不仅可以有诸如超大规模集成电路或门阵列、诸如逻辑芯片、晶体管等的半导体、或者诸如现场可编程门阵列、可编程逻辑设备等的可编程硬件设备的硬件电路实现,也可以用例如由各种类型的处理器所执行的软件实现,还可以由上述硬件电路和软件的结合(例如,固件)来实现。It should be understood that the processing device 400 and its modules shown in FIG. 4 may be implemented in various ways. For example, in some embodiments, the processing device 400 and its modules may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware. Among them, the hardware part can be implemented using dedicated logic; the software part can be stored in a memory and executed by an appropriate instruction execution system, such as a microprocessor or dedicated design hardware. Those skilled in the art can understand that the above-mentioned methods and systems can be implemented using computer-executable instructions and/or included in processor control codes, for example on a carrier medium such as a disk, CD or DVD-ROM, such as a read-only memory (firmware Such codes are provided on a programmable memory or a data carrier such as an optical or electronic signal carrier. The system and its modules of this application can not only be implemented by hardware circuits such as very large-scale integrated circuits or gate arrays, semiconductors such as logic chips, transistors, etc., or programmable hardware devices such as field programmable gate arrays, programmable logic devices, etc. It may also be implemented by software executed by various types of processors, or may be implemented by a combination of the above hardware circuit and software (for example, firmware).
需要注意的是,以上对于处理设备400及其模块的描述,仅为描述方便,并不能把本说明书限制在所举实施例范围之内。可以理解,对于本领域的技术人员来说,在了解该系统的原理后,可能在不背离这一原理的情况下,对各个模块进行任意组合,或者构成子系统与其他模块连接。在一些实施例中,获取模块410、处理模块420、传输模块430以及训练模块440可以是一个系统中的不同模块,也可以是一个模块实现上述的两个或两个以上模块的功能。在一些实施例中,获取模块410、处理模块420、传输模块430以及训练模块440可以共用一个存储模块,各个模块也可以分别具有各自的存储模块。诸如此类的变形,均在本说明书的保护范围之内。It should be noted that the above description of the processing device 400 and its modules is only for convenience of description, and does not limit this specification within the scope of the embodiments mentioned. It can be understood that for those skilled in the art, after understanding the principle of the system, it is possible to arbitrarily combine various modules, or form a subsystem to connect with other modules without departing from this principle. In some embodiments, the acquisition module 410, the processing module 420, the transmission module 430, and the training module 440 may be different modules in a system, or one module may implement the functions of the two or more modules mentioned above. In some embodiments, the acquisition module 410, the processing module 420, the transmission module 430, and the training module 440 may share a storage module, and each module may also have its own storage module. Such deformations are all within the protection scope of this specification.
图5是根据本申请一些实施例所示的共享设备的预设区域定位方法的示例性流程图。Fig. 5 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to some embodiments of the present application.
在一些实施例中,流程500可以由处理设备(例如,图1所示的处理设备 112)执行。例如,流程500可以以程序或指令的形式存储在存储设备(例如,存储器150或处理设备的存储单元)中,当处理器210或图4所示的模块执行程序或指令时,可以实现流程500。在一些实施例中,流程500可以利用以下未描述的一个或以上附加操作,和/或不通过以下所讨论的一个或以上操作完成。另外,如图5所示的操作的顺序并非限制性的。如图5所示,流程500可以包括以下步骤。In some embodiments, the process 500 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1). For example, the process 500 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the memory 150 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction. When the processor 210 or the module shown in FIG. 4 executes the program or instruction, the process 500 may be implemented. . In some embodiments, the process 500 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below. In addition, the order of operations shown in FIG. 5 is not restrictive. As shown in FIG. 5, the process 500 may include the following steps.
步骤510,获取共享设备的信号信息。在一些实施例中,步骤510可以由获取模块410执行。Step 510: Obtain signal information of the shared device. In some embodiments, step 510 may be performed by the acquisition module 410.
在一些实施例中,共享设备可以包括但不限于共享单车、共享汽车、共享滑板、共享充电宝、共享雨伞等共享物品或设备。在一些实施例中,共享设备的信号信息可以包括但不限于共享设备的无线信号信息、位置信息、使用情况信息、状态信息、用户信息等,或其任意组合。例如,无线信号信息可以包括共享设备的wifi信号信息、蓝牙信号信息、基站信息、热点信息、红外信号信息等。又例如,位置信息可以包括共享设备的GPS坐标信息、经纬度信息等。再例如,使用情况信息可以包括共享设备的总数量、使用中数量、可用数量等;状态信息可以包括共享设备有无故障、故障情况、维护情况等。在一些实施例中,无线信号信息可以包括无线网络名称和/或无线信号强度,例如,wifi信号名称和wifi信号强度。在一些实施例中,位置信息可以为共享设备的定位信息。In some embodiments, shared devices may include, but are not limited to, shared bicycles, shared cars, shared skateboards, shared power banks, shared umbrellas, and other shared objects or devices. In some embodiments, the signal information of the shared device may include, but is not limited to, wireless signal information, location information, usage information, status information, user information, etc., of the shared device, or any combination thereof. For example, the wireless signal information may include wifi signal information, Bluetooth signal information, base station information, hotspot information, infrared signal information, etc. of the shared device. For another example, the location information may include GPS coordinate information, latitude and longitude information of the shared device, and so on. For another example, the usage information may include the total number of shared devices, the number in use, the available number, etc.; the status information may include whether the shared device has failures, failure conditions, maintenance conditions, and so on. In some embodiments, the wireless signal information may include wireless network name and/or wireless signal strength, for example, wifi signal name and wifi signal strength. In some embodiments, the location information may be the location information of the shared device.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以从共享设备获取其信号信息。例如,获取模块410可以接收共享设备140的无线模块扫描得到的wifi信号列表,或其定位装置获取的共享设备140的定位信息。在一些实施例中,处理设备可以从服务器获取共享设备的信号信息。例如,获取模块410可以从服务器110获取共享设备对应的用户信息、位置信息等。在一些实施例中,处理设备可以从用户端获取共享设备的信号信息。例如,共享设备在被用户租用过程中,获取模块410可以从用户端130获取共享设备的位置信息。又例如,获取模块410可以从用户端130获取共享设备的用户信息、使用状况信息、状态信息等。在一些替代性 实施例中,处理设备可以通过任何可行的方式从任意合理的渠道获取共享设备的信号信息,本说明书对此不做限制。In some embodiments, the processing device may obtain its signal information from the shared device. For example, the obtaining module 410 may receive the wifi signal list scanned by the wireless module of the sharing device 140, or the positioning information of the sharing device 140 obtained by the positioning device thereof. In some embodiments, the processing device may obtain the signal information of the shared device from the server. For example, the obtaining module 410 may obtain user information, location information, etc. corresponding to the shared device from the server 110. In some embodiments, the processing device may obtain the signal information of the shared device from the user terminal. For example, when the shared device is rented by the user, the obtaining module 410 may obtain the location information of the shared device from the user terminal 130. For another example, the obtaining module 410 may obtain user information, usage status information, status information, and the like of the shared device from the user terminal 130. In some alternative embodiments, the processing device can obtain the signal information of the shared device from any reasonable channel in any feasible way, which is not limited in this specification.
步骤520,至少基于所述信号信息,通过预设算法确定所述共享设备是否位于预设归还区域内。在一些实施例中,步骤520可以由处理模块420执行。 Step 520, based on at least the signal information, determine whether the shared device is located in a preset return area through a preset algorithm. In some embodiments, step 520 may be performed by the processing module 420.
预设归还区域是指共享服务提供方指定的归还和/或放置共享设备的物理区域。例如,共享单车的合规停车点、共享雨伞的指定归还点等。在一些实施例中,预设归还区域的地理位置和/或区域范围可以根据用户需求、政府规定、路况信息、区域信息等,或其任意组合确定。例如,可以根据区域的商圈、住宅、交通站点等类型,确定预设归还区域的位置,以及根据用户的使用需求、需求数量等确定预设归还区域的区域范围。The preset return area refers to the physical area designated by the shared service provider to return and/or place the shared device. For example, compliant parking spots for shared bicycles, designated return points for shared umbrellas, etc. In some embodiments, the geographic location and/or area range of the preset return area may be determined according to user needs, government regulations, road condition information, area information, etc., or any combination thereof. For example, the location of the preset return area can be determined according to the types of business districts, residences, and transportation stations in the area, and the area range of the preset return area can be determined according to the user's usage needs, demand, etc.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以至少基于共享设备的无线信号信息,通过预设算法确定所述共享设备是否位于预设归还区域内。示例性地,处理模块420可以将共享设备的无线信号信息输入第一学习模型,确定共享设备位于预设归还区域内的概率;当共享设备位于预设归还区域内的概率大于第一预设阈值时,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内。在一些实施例中,处理设备可以当共享设备位于预设归还区域内的概率不大于所述第一预设阈值时,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域外;并向所述共享设备对应的用户发送提醒信息,以提示所述用户重新寻找归还区域。在一些实施例中,处理设备可以基于共享设备的信号信息,向用户归还区域推荐信息。例如,处理模块420可以当共享设备的GPS信号信息的信号强度大于第二预设阈值时,向共享设备的使用用户发送归还区域推荐信息。更多关于基于无线信号信息确定共享设备是否在预设归还区域内的内容,可以参见本说明书其他部分(例如,图6-9及其相关描述),在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the processing device may determine whether the shared device is located in the preset return area based on at least the wireless signal information of the shared device through a preset algorithm. Exemplarily, the processing module 420 may input the wireless signal information of the shared device into the first learning model to determine the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area; when the probability of the shared device is located in the preset return area is greater than the first preset threshold When it is determined that the shared device is located in the preset return area. In some embodiments, the processing device may determine that the shared device is located outside the preset return area when the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold; The user corresponding to the device sends a reminder message to prompt the user to search for the return area again. In some embodiments, the processing device may return the area recommendation information to the user based on the signal information of the shared device. For example, the processing module 420 may send return area recommendation information to the user of the shared device when the signal strength of the GPS signal information of the shared device is greater than the second preset threshold. For more information about determining whether the shared device is in the preset return area based on wireless signal information, please refer to other parts of this specification (for example, Figures 6-9 and related descriptions), which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以基于共享设备的位置信息,通过预设算法确定所述共享设备是否位于预设归还区域内。示例性地,处理模块420可以获取共享设备的位置信息对应的预设归还区域的第二特征信息;至少根据所述第 二特征信息,通过第二学习模型确定所述预设归还区域的冗余值;根据所述冗余值确定目标归还区域;响应于所述共享设备的位置在所述目标归还区域内,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内。在一些实施例中,处理设备可以基于共享设备的用户信息对预设归还区域对应的冗余值进行调整,根据调整后的冗余值和所述预设归还区域确定所述目标归还区域。更多关于基于共享设备位置信息,确定共享设备是否在预设归还区域内的内容,可以参见本说明书其他部分(例如,图10-12及其相关描述),在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the processing device may determine whether the shared device is located in the preset return area based on the location information of the shared device through a preset algorithm. Exemplarily, the processing module 420 may obtain the second characteristic information of the preset return area corresponding to the location information of the shared device; at least according to the second characteristic information, determine the redundancy of the preset return area through a second learning model Value; determine the target return area according to the redundancy value; in response to the location of the shared device within the target return area, determine that the shared device is located in the preset return area. In some embodiments, the processing device may adjust the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area based on the user information of the shared device, and determine the target return area according to the adjusted redundancy value and the preset return area. For more information about determining whether the shared device is in the preset return area based on the location information of the shared device, please refer to other parts of this manual (for example, Figures 10-12 and related descriptions), which will not be repeated here.
步骤530,响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内,允许所述共享设备归还。在一些实施例中,步骤530可以由传输模块430执行。Step 530: In response to the shared device being located in the preset return area, allow the shared device to return. In some embodiments, step 530 may be performed by the transmission module 430.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以当共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内时,向共享设备或用户端发送允许归还的信息。In some embodiments, the processing device may send information allowing the return to the sharing device or the user terminal when the sharing device is located in the preset return area.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以根据共享设备的归还反馈,对共享设备进行管理或维护。仅作为示例,处理设备112可以从用户端130或共享设备140接收共享设备在预设归还区域内无法归还、共享设备无线信号信息获取失败等的归还反馈,对所述归还反馈进行审核,若审核通过,则记录所述共享设备的编号和位置信息;并向管理人员的终端发送所述共享设备的所述编号和所述位置信息,以使得所述管理人员对所述共享设备进行维护。In some embodiments, the processing device may manage or maintain the shared device based on the return feedback of the shared device. For example only, the processing device 112 may receive return feedback from the user terminal 130 or the sharing device 140 that the shared device cannot be returned within the preset return area, the wireless signal information of the shared device has failed to be acquired, and the like, and review the return feedback. Pass, record the number and location information of the shared device; and send the number and location information of the shared device to the terminal of an administrator, so that the administrator can maintain the shared device.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以当共享设备位于预设归还区域内的概率不大于第一预设阈值,且收到了共享设备归还成功信息时,记录所述共享设备的用户的错误归还次数自增1。在一些实施例中,处理设备可以根据所述错误归还次数,确定用户下一次使用相同共享设备或同类共享设备的价格。In some embodiments, the processing device may record the error return times of the user of the shared device when the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold and the return success information of the shared device is received. Increase by 1. In some embodiments, the processing device may determine the price for the user to use the same shared device or similar shared devices next time based on the number of error returns.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以基于共享设备的位置信息和预设区域的位置关系,向共享设备对应的用户发送信息提示。仅作为示例,传输模块430可以当共享设备位于第一预设区域且满足第一预设条件时,向对应用户发送第一提示信息;当共享设备位于第二预设区域且满足第二预设条件时,向对应用户发送第二提示信息;当共享设备位于第三预设区域时,向对应用户发送第三提示信 息。其中,所述第一预设区域为所述预设归还区域,所述第二预设区域为禁止放置共享设备的区域,所述第三预设区域为所述第一预设区域和所述第二预设区域之外的区域。更多关于基于共享设备位置信息和预设区域的位置关系,向用户发送信息提示的内容,可以参见本说明书其他部分(例如,图13-14及其相关描述),在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the processing device may send an information prompt to the user corresponding to the shared device based on the location information of the shared device and the location relationship between the preset area. For example only, the transmission module 430 may send first prompt information to the corresponding user when the shared device is located in the first preset area and meets the first preset condition; when the shared device is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset condition, When the conditions are met, the second prompt information is sent to the corresponding user; when the shared device is located in the third preset area, the third prompt information is sent to the corresponding user. Wherein, the first preset area is the preset return area, the second preset area is an area where sharing devices are prohibited from being placed, and the third preset area is the first preset area and the The area outside the second preset area. For more information about the content of information prompts sent to users based on the location relationship between the shared device location information and the preset area, please refer to other parts of this manual (for example, Figures 13-14 and related descriptions), which will not be repeated here.
应当注意的是,上述有关流程500的描述仅仅是为了示例和说明,而不限定本申请的适用范围。对于本领域技术人员来说,在本申请的指导下可以对流程500进行各种修正和改变。然而,这些修正和改变仍在本申请的范围之内。It should be noted that the foregoing description of the process 500 is only for example and description, and does not limit the scope of application of the present application. For those skilled in the art, various modifications and changes can be made to the process 500 under the guidance of this application. However, these amendments and changes are still within the scope of this application.
为方便理解,本说明书实施例中,将主要以共享设备为共享车辆(例如,共享自行车、共享电单车、共享汽车等)为例进行描述。For ease of understanding, in the embodiments of this specification, the shared device is mainly a shared vehicle (for example, shared bicycle, shared motorcycle, shared car, etc.) as an example for description.
图6是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的共享设备的预设区域定位方法的示例性流程图。Fig. 6 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to other embodiments of the present application.
目前,一般是通过全球定位系统GPS来进行共享单车的停车点定位,以引导用户将车辆停放在虚拟的停车点区域内(即预设归还区域)。但是,GPS信号容易受到建筑物的干扰,例如在楼层较高的市区内,GPS信号受多径效应影响,会产生定位偏差,从而导致车辆不能准确地停放在停车点区域内。At present, the global positioning system GPS is generally used to locate the parking point of shared bicycles to guide the user to park the vehicle in a virtual parking area (that is, the preset return area). However, GPS signals are susceptible to interference from buildings. For example, in urban areas with higher floors, GPS signals are affected by multipath effects, which will cause positioning deviations, which will result in vehicles not being able to accurately park in the parking area.
本说明书实施例提供的共享设备的预设区域定位方法,可以通过在接收到还车确认信息时,获取共享车辆的无线信号信息;将无线信号信息输入目标学习模型(即第一学习模型),得到共享车辆的当前位置位于预设归还区域内的概率;若共享车辆的当前位置位于预设归还区域内的概率大于第一预设阈值,则允许共享车辆在当前位置停车归还。从而可以在GPS信号弱,或者GPS信号被干扰的环境下,较为准确地判断出共享车辆还车的当前位置是否位于预设归还区域内,进而可以约束和提醒用户进行定点还车,减少乱停车的现象、提升城市的市容市貌。The method for locating the preset area of the shared device provided by the embodiment of this specification can obtain the wireless signal information of the shared vehicle when the return confirmation information is received; and input the wireless signal information into the target learning model (i.e., the first learning model), Obtain the probability that the current location of the shared vehicle is within the preset return area; if the probability that the current location of the shared vehicle is within the preset return area is greater than the first preset threshold, the shared vehicle is allowed to park at the current location and return. Therefore, in an environment where the GPS signal is weak or the GPS signal is interfered, it can be more accurately judged whether the current location of the shared vehicle is within the preset return area, and then the user can be restricted and reminded to return the car at a fixed point, reducing random parking The phenomenon of improving the appearance of the city.
在一些实施例中,流程600可以由处理设备(例如,图1所示的处理设备112)执行。例如,流程600可以以程序或指令的形式存储在存储设备(例如, 存储器150或处理设备的存储单元)中,当处理器210或图4所示的模块执行程序或指令时,可以实现流程600。在一些实施例中,流程600可以利用以下未描述的一个或以上附加操作,和/或不通过以下所讨论的一个或以上操作完成。另外,如图6所示的操作的顺序并非限制性的。如图6所示,流程600可以包括以下步骤。In some embodiments, the process 600 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1). For example, the process 600 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the memory 150 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction. When the processor 210 or the module shown in FIG. 4 executes the program or instruction, the process 600 may be implemented. . In some embodiments, the process 600 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below. In addition, the order of operations shown in FIG. 6 is not restrictive. As shown in FIG. 6, the process 600 may include the following steps.
步骤610,获取共享设备的无线信号信息。在一些实施例中,步骤610可以由获取模块410执行。Step 610: Obtain wireless signal information of the shared device. In some embodiments, step 610 may be performed by the obtaining module 410.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以在接收到归还确认信息时,获取共享设备的无线信号信息。例如,处理设备112可以从用户端130获取共享车辆的用户归还确认信息,响应于该信息从共享车辆的无线模块获取其无线信号信息。在一些实施例中,处理设备可以接收共享设备的无线模块扫描得到的wifi信号列表,wifi信号列表可以包括:共享设备的当前位置附近的wifi信号名称,以及对应的wifi信号强度。In some embodiments, the processing device may obtain the wireless signal information of the shared device when receiving the return confirmation information. For example, the processing device 112 may obtain the user return confirmation information of the shared vehicle from the user terminal 130, and obtain its wireless signal information from the wireless module of the shared vehicle in response to the information. In some embodiments, the processing device may receive the wifi signal list scanned by the wireless module of the sharing device, and the wifi signal list may include: the name of the wifi signal near the current location of the sharing device and the corresponding wifi signal strength.
具体地,预设归还区域(例如,停车点)周围的wifi信号往往是固定的,每个wifi信号覆盖一定的范围。因此,可以多个wifi信号的覆盖范围来确定当前的位置。例如,用户在A地点点击车辆归还按钮时,可以通过共享车辆的无线模块扫描得到当前位置的wifi信号列表。如图7中所示,当共享设备的无线模块开启时,可以通过信号扫描得到周边的wifi信号“HiWiFi”、“WiFi_Office”、“yijiangnan”等。处理设备可以接收共享车辆的wifi信号列表作为数据分析的依据。Specifically, the wifi signals around the preset return area (for example, a parking spot) are often fixed, and each wifi signal covers a certain range. Therefore, the current location can be determined by the coverage of multiple wifi signals. For example, when the user clicks the vehicle return button at location A, the wireless module of the shared vehicle can scan to obtain a list of wifi signals at the current location. As shown in Figure 7, when the wireless module of the shared device is turned on, the surrounding wifi signals "HiWiFi", "WiFi_Office", "yijiangnan", etc. can be obtained through signal scanning. The processing device can receive the Wi-Fi signal list of the shared vehicle as a basis for data analysis.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以在接收到归还确认信息时,基于共享设备的GPS信号信息,确认是否获取共享设备的无线信号信息。仅作为示例,处理设备112在接收到用户归还共享车辆的信息时,可以先获取共享车辆的GPS信号信息,当基于GPS信号信息确定共享车辆当前位置不在预设归还区域内,或者预设时间段(例如,30秒、1分钟、2分钟等)内获取GPS信号信息失败时,可以进一步获取共享车辆的无线信号信息。In some embodiments, the processing device may confirm whether to acquire the wireless signal information of the shared device based on the GPS signal information of the shared device when receiving the return confirmation information. For example only, when the processing device 112 receives the information that the user returns the shared vehicle, it may first obtain the GPS signal information of the shared vehicle, and when it is determined based on the GPS signal information that the current location of the shared vehicle is not within the preset return area, or the preset time period When the GPS signal information fails to be acquired within (for example, 30 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes, etc.), the wireless signal information of the shared vehicle can be further acquired.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以响应于用户反馈信息,获取共享设备的无线信号信息。例如,处理设备112可以在从用户端130接收到归还失败、定位失败、无法归还等用户反馈时,获取共享设备的无线信号信息,基于所述无线信号信息进一步判断共享设备的位置。In some embodiments, the processing device may obtain wireless signal information of the shared device in response to user feedback information. For example, the processing device 112 may obtain the wireless signal information of the shared device when receiving user feedback such as return failure, positioning failure, or failure to return from the user terminal 130, and further determine the location of the shared device based on the wireless signal information.
步骤620,将共享设备的无线信号信息输入第一学习模型,确定共享设备位于预设归还区域内的概率。在一些实施例中,步骤620可以由处理模块420执行。Step 620: Input the wireless signal information of the shared device into the first learning model, and determine the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area. In some embodiments, step 620 may be performed by the processing module 420.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以将共享设备的无线信号信息输入第一学习模型,得到共享设备的当前位置位于预设归还区域内的概率值。仅作为示例,处理设备112可以将共享车辆扫描得到的wifi列表中的wifi信号名称及其相应的信号强度作为输入,输入训练好的目标学习模型,目标学习模型可以输出该共享车辆位于停车点区域(即预设归还区域)内的概率值0或1。其中,0表示共享设备不在预设归还区域内,1表示在预设归还区域内。在一些实施例中,第一学习模型的输出可以为其他合理的形式,例如,0-10的概率值,本说明书对此不做限制。In some embodiments, the processing device may input the wireless signal information of the shared device into the first learning model to obtain the probability value that the current location of the shared device is within the preset return area. For example only, the processing device 112 may take the wifi signal name and its corresponding signal strength in the wifi list scanned by the shared vehicle as input, input the trained target learning model, and the target learning model may output that the shared vehicle is located in the parking area. (That is, the preset return area) has a probability value of 0 or 1. Among them, 0 indicates that the shared device is not in the preset return area, and 1 indicates that the shared device is within the preset return area. In some embodiments, the output of the first learning model may be in other reasonable forms, for example, a probability value of 0-10, which is not limited in this specification.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以根据信号强度对共享设备扫描得到的无线信号进行排序,并筛选排名top N的无线信号信息作为第一学习模型的输入。其中,N可以为任意正整数,例如,5、8、10等。仅作为示例,处理设备112接收到共享车辆无线模块扫描得到的所有wifi信号列表后,可以基于列表中每个wifi的信号强度对其进行排序,并选取排名前10的wifi,将其wifi信号名称以及对应的信号强度作为输入,输入第一学习模型。In some embodiments, the processing device may sort the wireless signals scanned by the sharing device according to the signal strength, and filter the top N wireless signal information as the input of the first learning model. Wherein, N can be any positive integer, for example, 5, 8, 10, etc. Just as an example, after the processing device 112 receives a list of all wifi signals scanned by the wireless module of the shared vehicle, it can sort them based on the signal strength of each wifi in the list, and select the top 10 wifi, and name the wifi signal And the corresponding signal strength is used as input, and input the first learning model.
由于每个预设归还区域可能包含完全不同的wifi信号,每个预设归还区域之间可以对应不同参数的第一学习模型。在一些实施例中,处理设备可以基于共享设备的位置信息确定预估区域,基于该预估区域确定与其对应的第一学习模型。Since each preset return area may contain completely different wifi signals, each preset return area may correspond to the first learning model with different parameters. In some embodiments, the processing device may determine the estimated area based on the location information of the shared device, and determine the first learning model corresponding to the estimated area based on the estimated area.
在一些实施例中,第一学习模型可以为聚类模型。例如,第一学习模型可 以包括但不限于K-means聚类、层次聚类、EM聚类等聚类模型。In some embodiments, the first learning model may be a clustering model. For example, the first learning model may include, but is not limited to, clustering models such as K-means clustering, hierarchical clustering, and EM clustering.
本说明书实施例中,将用户是否在预设归还区域归还共享设备的问题转换成了机器学习中的单样本检测问题。而单样本检测问题是关注一群数据的特征,关注的是一群数据(例如,单个共享设备扫描得到的多个wifi信号信息)在预设归还区域这一类问题,其准确率评判的标准也是在不在预设归还区域这一个单类。因此通过将一群数据特征聚焦到是否在预设归还区域内这一个单类问题,可以提高判断共享设备是否在预设归还区域内的准确性。In the embodiment of this specification, the question of whether the user returns the shared device in the preset return area is transformed into a single-sample detection problem in machine learning. The single-sample detection problem focuses on the characteristics of a group of data, and focuses on the problem of a group of data (for example, multiple wifi signal information scanned by a single shared device) in the preset return area. The accuracy rate judgment standard is also It is not a single category of the default return area. Therefore, by focusing on a single question of whether a group of data features are within the preset return area, the accuracy of judging whether the shared device is within the preset return area can be improved.
步骤630,判断共享设备位于预设归还区域内的概率是否大于第一预设阈值。在一些实施例中,步骤630可以由判断单元423执行。Step 630: Determine whether the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is greater than a first preset threshold. In some embodiments, step 630 may be performed by the judging unit 423.
第一预设阈值可以根据第一学习模型的模型类型确定。例如,第一学习模型为有监督学习的聚类模型时,第一预设阈值可以为0。The first preset threshold may be determined according to the model type of the first learning model. For example, when the first learning model is a supervised learning clustering model, the first preset threshold may be zero.
处理设备可以当共享设备位于预设归还区域内的概率大于第一预设阈值时,执行步骤633,确定共享设备位于预设归还区域内,允许所述共享设备在当前位置归还;当共享设备位于预设归还区域内的概率不大于第一预设阈值时,执行步骤635,确定共享设备位于所述预设归还区域外,并向所述共享设备对应的用户发送提醒信息,以提示用户重新寻找归还区域。The processing device may perform step 633 when the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is greater than the first preset threshold, determine that the shared device is located in the preset return area, and allow the shared device to be returned at the current location; when the shared device is located When the probability within the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold, step 635 is executed to determine that the shared device is located outside the preset return area, and a reminder message is sent to the user corresponding to the shared device to prompt the user to search again Return the area.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以当共享设备位于所述预设归还区域外时,向用户发送归还区域推荐信息。仅作为示例,处理设备112可以在确定共享设备位于预设归还区域外时,获取共享设备的GPS信号信息;若共享设备的GPS信号信息的信号强度不大于预设强度(也称为第二预设阈值),则提示用户移动至开阔区域;若共享设备的GPS信号信息的信号强度大于预设强度,则获取共享设备的位置信息;根据位置信息,向用户推荐距离该位置最近的预设归还区域。In some embodiments, the processing device may send return area recommendation information to the user when the shared device is located outside the preset return area. For example only, the processing device 112 may obtain the GPS signal information of the shared device when it is determined that the shared device is located outside the preset return area; if the signal strength of the GPS signal information of the shared device is not greater than the preset strength (also called the second preset) Set threshold), the user is prompted to move to an open area; if the signal strength of the GPS signal information of the shared device is greater than the preset strength, the location information of the shared device is obtained; based on the location information, the user is recommended to return to the preset that is closest to the location area.
虽然GPS信号容易受到建筑物的干扰,例如在楼层较高的市区内,GPS信号受多径效应影响,会产生定位偏差。但是还是可以利用GPS信号进行辅助定位,可以根据GPS信号定位,向用户推荐距离最近的预设归还区域。Although GPS signals are susceptible to interference from buildings, for example, in urban areas with higher floors, GPS signals are affected by multipath effects, which can cause positioning errors. However, GPS signals can still be used for auxiliary positioning, and the nearest preset return area can be recommended to the user based on GPS signal positioning.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以在向用户发送提醒信息之后,接收共享设 备反馈的归还问题;对归还问题进行审核,若审核通过,则记录共享设备的编号和位置信息。归还问题可以包括但不限于在预设归还区域内无法归还、无线信号信息获取失败。示例性的,处理设备还可以向维修人员的终端发送共享设备的编号和位置信息,以使得管理人员对共享设备进行维修/维护等。In some embodiments, the processing device may receive the return problem of the shared device feedback after sending the reminder to the user; review the return problem, and if the review is passed, record the number and location information of the shared device. Return problems may include, but are not limited to, failure to return within the preset return area, and failure to obtain wireless signal information. Exemplarily, the processing device may also send the number and location information of the shared device to the terminal of the maintenance personnel, so that the management personnel can repair/maintain the shared device.
在一些实施例中,由于第一学习模型输出的是一个概率值,并不一定完全与实际情况相符。例如,在归还共享车辆的场景中,用户实际已经将车辆行驶至停车点区域,但是由于车辆的无线信号较弱,使得扫描的wifi信号列表与训练时使用的wifi信号列表不一致,这时就可能出现在停车点内无法还车的情况。又例如,共享车辆自身的无线模块出现了故障,无法扫描得到周围的无线信号。因此,服务器平台提供了问题反馈窗口,使得用户可以向服务器平台反馈问题。In some embodiments, since the output of the first learning model is a probability value, it may not completely match the actual situation. For example, in the scenario of returning a shared vehicle, the user has actually driven the vehicle to the parking spot area, but due to the weak wireless signal of the vehicle, the scanned wifi signal list is inconsistent with the wifi signal list used during training. There is a situation where the car cannot be returned in the parking spot. For another example, the wireless module of the shared vehicle fails, and the surrounding wireless signals cannot be scanned. Therefore, the server platform provides a problem feedback window so that users can feedback problems to the server platform.
具体地,用户可以在共享设备或用户端的显示界面上进行操作,提交归还问题,然后将该问题反馈给服务平台。服务平台的处理设备112可以对接收到的归还反馈进行审核,若审核通过则记录共享设备的编号和位置信息,以方便派遣维修人员进行共享设备维修/维护。Specifically, the user can operate on the display interface of the shared device or the user terminal, submit a return question, and then feed the question back to the service platform. The processing device 112 of the service platform may review the received return feedback, and if the review is passed, record the number and location information of the shared device, so as to facilitate the dispatch of maintenance personnel for repair/maintenance of the shared device.
图8和图9是根据本申请一些实施例所示的共享设备/用户端的显示界面的示意图。以共享车辆为例,如图8所示,用户可以在显示界面输入反馈问题,并在下拉框中添加问题描述“停车点内无法还车”,问题描述编辑完成后,点击提交问题,完成反馈。进一步地,如图9所示,当反馈问题提交之后,在显示界面上会显示“问题提交成功”的提示信息,以及反馈处理的当前状态。若服务平台审核通过,则会在显示界面上显示“审核通过”提醒,此时共享设备/用户端的显示界面上会出现“点击确认还车”按键,当用户点击确认归还之后,则可以在当前位置完成共享车辆归还。进一步地,共享车辆归还后,处理设备112可以向管理人员(例如,维修/维护人员)的终端发送共享车辆的编号和位置信息。Figures 8 and 9 are schematic diagrams of display interfaces of the shared device/user terminal according to some embodiments of the present application. Take a shared vehicle as an example. As shown in Figure 8, the user can enter the feedback question on the display interface and add the question description "Cannot return the car in the parking spot" in the drop-down box. After the question description is edited, click Submit Question to complete the feedback . Further, as shown in FIG. 9, after the feedback question is submitted, the prompt message of "the question is submitted successfully" and the current status of the feedback processing will be displayed on the display interface. If the service platform is approved, it will display a “approved” reminder on the display interface. At this time, a “click to confirm return” button will appear on the display interface of the shared device/client. After the user clicks to confirm the return, you can The location completes the return of the shared vehicle. Further, after the shared vehicle is returned, the processing device 112 may send the number and location information of the shared vehicle to the terminal of the management personnel (for example, repair/maintenance personnel).
在一些实施例中,若共享设备的当前位置位于预设归还区域内的概率不大于第一预设阈值,且收到了共享设备归还成功信息,则记录该共享设备对应的用户的错误归还次数自增1;并根据用户的错误归还次数,调整用户下一次使用 该共享设备或同类共享设备的价格。In some embodiments, if the probability that the current location of the shared device is within the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold, and the return success message of the shared device is received, the number of times of error return of the user corresponding to the shared device is recorded from Increase by 1; and adjust the price of the user's next use of the shared device or similar shared devices according to the number of times the user has returned the error.
在一些实施例中,例如共享车辆场景中,虽然处理设备向用户发送了提醒信息,但是某些用户可能仍然会在非预设归还区域强制停车归还,此时处理设备可以跟踪到使用共享设备的用户信息,记录用户错误归还的次数。根据用户的错误归还次数,调整用户下一次使用共享设备的价格,从而约束用户尽可能地在预设归还区域内完成归还。In some embodiments, for example, in a shared vehicle scenario, although the processing device sends reminder information to the user, some users may still forcibly stop and return it in a non-preset return area. At this time, the processing device can track the user who uses the shared device. User information, recording the number of times the user has returned by mistake. According to the user's error return times, the price of the user's next use of the shared device is adjusted, thereby restricting the user to complete the return within the preset return area as much as possible.
本说明书实施例中,通过在接收到归还确认信息时,获取共享设备的无线信号信息;将无线信号信息输入第一学习模型,得到共享设备的当前位置位于预设归还区域内的概率;若共享设备的当前位置位于预设归还区域内的概率大于第一预设阈值,则允许共享设备在当前位置归还。从而可以在GPS信号弱,或者GPS信号被干扰的环境下,较为准确地判断出共享设备的当前位置是否位于预设归还区域内,可以约束和提醒用户进行定点归还,减少乱停/乱放的现象。In the embodiment of this specification, the wireless signal information of the shared device is acquired when the return confirmation information is received; the wireless signal information is input into the first learning model to obtain the probability that the current location of the shared device is within the preset return area; The probability that the current location of the device is in the preset return area is greater than the first preset threshold, and the shared device is allowed to be returned at the current location. Therefore, in an environment where the GPS signal is weak or the GPS signal is interfered, it can be more accurately judged whether the current location of the shared device is within the preset return area, and the user can be restrained and reminded to return at a fixed point, reducing random parking/arrangement phenomenon.
应当注意的是,上述有关流程600的描述仅仅是为了示例和说明,而不限定本申请的适用范围。对于本领域技术人员来说,在本申请的指导下可以对流程600进行各种修正和改变。然而,这些修正和改变仍在本申请的范围之内。It should be noted that the foregoing description of the process 600 is only for example and description, and does not limit the scope of application of the present application. For those skilled in the art, various modifications and changes can be made to the process 600 under the guidance of this application. However, these amendments and changes are still within the scope of this application.
图10是根据本申请一些实施例所示的第一学习模型确定方法的示例性流程图。Fig. 10 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for determining a first learning model according to some embodiments of the present application.
在一些实施例中,流程700可以由处理设备(例如,图1所示的处理设备112)执行。例如,流程700可以以程序或指令的形式存储在存储设备(例如,存储器150或处理设备的存储单元)中,当处理器210或图4所示的模块执行程序或指令时,可以实现流程700。在一些实施例中,流程700可以利用以下未描述的一个或以上附加操作,和/或不通过以下所讨论的一个或以上操作完成。另外,如图10所示的操作的顺序并非限制性的。在一些实施例中,流程700可以由训练模块440执行。如图10所示,流程700可以包括以下步骤。In some embodiments, the process 700 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1). For example, the process 700 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the memory 150 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction. When the processor 210 or the module shown in FIG. 4 executes the program or instruction, the process 700 may be implemented. . In some embodiments, the process 700 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below. In addition, the order of operations shown in FIG. 10 is not restrictive. In some embodiments, the process 700 may be executed by the training module 440. As shown in FIG. 10, the process 700 may include the following steps.
步骤710,构建训练数据集。Step 710: Construct a training data set.
在一些实施例中,训练数据集可以包括多个第一共享设备在预设归还区 域内归还时所采集到的无线信号信息,多个第二共享设备未在所述预设归还区域内归还时所采集到的无线信号信息。在一些实施例中,所述第一共享设备和所述第二共享设备可以为与流程600中相同的共享设备,第一共享设备和第二共享设备可以完全相同、或完全不同或部分相同。例如,训练数据集可以包括第一共享车辆在停车点区域内停车时所采集到的无线信号信息,与第一共享车辆相同、或部分相同、或不同的第二共享车辆未在停车点区域内停车时所采集到的无线信号信息。In some embodiments, the training data set may include wireless signal information collected when multiple first shared devices are returned in a preset return area, and when multiple second shared devices are not returned in the preset return area The collected wireless signal information. In some embodiments, the first sharing device and the second sharing device may be the same sharing devices as in the process 600, and the first sharing device and the second sharing device may be completely the same, or completely different or partially the same. For example, the training data set may include the wireless signal information collected when the first shared vehicle parks in the parking area, and the second shared vehicle that is the same, or partially the same as, or different from the first shared vehicle is not in the parking area. Wireless signal information collected when parking.
在一些实施例中,训练数据集可以仅包括多个共享设备在预设归还区域内归还时所采集到的无线信号信息。在一些实施例中,处理设备可以基于共享设备的位置信息判断其是否在预设归还区域内归还。例如,处理设备112可以基于共享设备的GPS信号信息确定共享设备在预设归还区域内时,获取其采集的无线信号信息为训练数据集。In some embodiments, the training data set may only include wireless signal information collected when multiple shared devices are returned in the preset return area. In some embodiments, the processing device may determine whether the shared device is returned within the preset return area based on the location information of the shared device. For example, when the processing device 112 determines that the shared device is in the preset return area based on the GPS signal information of the shared device, the collected wireless signal information may be acquired as a training data set.
在一些实施例中,训练模块440可以将训练数据集分为训练样本和测试样本。训练样本可以用于输入初始学习模型进行训练,测试样本可以用于对训练得到的学习模型进行测试,以获得准确率更高的第一学习模型。仅作为示例,可以通过大量采集的用户每次在预设归还区域内归还共享设备时的WiFi列表构成训练数据集,其中训练样本和测试样本的比例可以为8:2、或6:4、或7:3等。在一些实施例中,处理设备可以将全部训练数据集作为训练样本,另外采集大量与训练数据集相对应的预设归还区域内的共享设备的无线信号信息为测试样本。In some embodiments, the training module 440 may divide the training data set into training samples and test samples. The training sample can be used to input the initial learning model for training, and the test sample can be used to test the trained learning model to obtain the first learning model with higher accuracy. Just as an example, a training data set can be constituted by a large number of collected WiFi lists each time a user returns a shared device in the preset return area, where the ratio of training samples to test samples can be 8:2, or 6:4, or 7:3 and so on. In some embodiments, the processing device may use all training data sets as training samples, and additionally collect a large amount of wireless signal information of shared devices in the preset return area corresponding to the training data sets as test samples.
步骤720,对所述训练数据集中的数据进行特征提取,得到第一特征信息。Step 720: Perform feature extraction on the data in the training data set to obtain first feature information.
在一些实施例中,第一特征信息可以包括无线信号的名称和信号强度。例如,某个训练样本可以包括:wifi名HiWiFi、唯一标识2F426030-0A6C-4012-9259-59E533D2E970、信号强度-90dBm。In some embodiments, the first characteristic information may include the name and signal strength of the wireless signal. For example, a certain training sample may include: WiFi name HiWiFi, unique identification 2F426030-0A6C-4012-9259-59E533D2E970, signal strength -90dBm.
步骤730,将所述第一特征信息输入初始学习模型进行迭代训练,得到所述第一学习模型。Step 730: Input the first feature information into an initial learning model for iterative training to obtain the first learning model.
在一些实施例中,可以将第一特征信息,输入初始学习模型进行迭代训练, 直到经过训练的初始学习模型输出的概率正确反映共享设备是否在预设归还区域内归还,得到所述第一学习模型。在一些实施例中,可以使用测试集对训练的初始学习模型进行预测结果测试,当模型输出结果与真实结果一致时,认为输出的概率可以正确反映共享设备是否在预设归还区域内归还。在一些实施例中,可以当训练的初始学习模型对测试集的预测结果准确率大于预设值时,生成第一学习模型。例如,训练的初始学习模型对每组测试集的预测结果中,预测结果与真实结果一致的数量占总测试数量的80%时,生成第一学习模型。In some embodiments, the first feature information may be input to the initial learning model for iterative training, until the probability of the output of the trained initial learning model correctly reflects whether the shared device is returned within the preset return area, and the first learning model is obtained. model. In some embodiments, a test set can be used to test the predicted result of the trained initial learning model. When the model output result is consistent with the real result, it is considered that the output probability can correctly reflect whether the shared device is returned within the preset return area. In some embodiments, the first learning model may be generated when the accuracy of the trained initial learning model on the test set prediction result is greater than the preset value. For example, in the prediction results of each test set of the trained initial learning model, when the number of prediction results consistent with the real results accounts for 80% of the total number of tests, the first learning model is generated.
在一些实施例中,对于每个预设归还区域,可以分别构成相应的训练数据集,并分别输入初始学习模型进行迭代训练,以获得分别与每个预设归还区域匹配的第一学习模型。In some embodiments, for each preset return area, a corresponding training data set may be formed separately, and the initial learning model may be input to perform iterative training to obtain a first learning model that matches each preset return area.
仅作为示例,初始学习模型可以为聚类模型,输入初始学习模型的数据集可以为在预设归还区域内归还的共享设备的无线信号信息的第一特征信息,聚类模型可以基于输入的训练样本进行有监督学习,进而获得在预设归还区域内归还的共享设备的无线信号信息的共性,得到第一学习模型。在使用时,第一学习模型可以计算输入的无线信号信息,与学习得到的相应预设归还区域的无线信号信息共性之间的相似度,相似则输出为1,不相似则输出为0。例如,对于输入第一学习模型的无线信号信息,第一学习模型可以分别计算每个无线信号信息与学习得到的相应预设归还区域的相应无线信号信息之间的相似度,当输入无线信号信息与第一学习模型学习得到的对应无线信号信息之间的相同数据量大于90%时,确定该无线信号与相应无线信号相似,否则确定该无线信号与相应无线信号不相似。进一步地,第一学习模型可以当输入的所有无线信号信息中,与第一学习模型学习到的对应无线信号信息相似的数量,占所有输入无线信号信息总量的80%时,输出为1,即表示输入的无线信号信息与该预设归还区域无线信号信息共性相似,共享设备在该预设归还区域内,否则第一学习模型将输出为0。可以理解的是,上述示例中各数值仅为说明,本领域技术人员可以根据实际场景对所述数值中的一个或多个进行合理调整。For example only, the initial learning model may be a clustering model, the data set input to the initial learning model may be the first feature information of the wireless signal information of the shared device returned in the preset return area, and the clustering model may be based on the input training The sample undergoes supervised learning, and then the commonality of the wireless signal information of the shared device returned in the preset return area is obtained, and the first learning model is obtained. When in use, the first learning model can calculate the similarity between the input wireless signal information and the learned wireless signal information in the corresponding preset return area. If it is similar, the output is 1, and if it is not, the output is 0. For example, for the wireless signal information input to the first learning model, the first learning model can calculate the similarity between each wireless signal information and the corresponding wireless signal information of the corresponding preset return area obtained by learning. When the wireless signal information is input When the same data amount between the corresponding wireless signal information learned by the first learning model is greater than 90%, it is determined that the wireless signal is similar to the corresponding wireless signal, otherwise it is determined that the wireless signal is not similar to the corresponding wireless signal. Further, the first learning model can output 1 when the number of input wireless signal information is similar to the corresponding wireless signal information learned by the first learning model, which accounts for 80% of the total amount of all input wireless signal information. It means that the input wireless signal information is similar to the wireless signal information of the preset return area, and the shared device is in the preset return area, otherwise the output of the first learning model will be 0. It is understandable that the numerical values in the above examples are for illustration only, and those skilled in the art can reasonably adjust one or more of the numerical values according to actual scenarios.
应当注意的是,上述有关流程700的描述仅仅是为了示例和说明,而不限定本申请的适用范围。对于本领域技术人员来说,在本申请的指导下可以对流程700进行各种修正和改变。然而,这些修正和改变仍在本申请的范围之内。It should be noted that the foregoing description of the process 700 is only for example and description, and does not limit the scope of application of the present application. For those skilled in the art, various modifications and changes can be made to the process 700 under the guidance of this application. However, these amendments and changes are still within the scope of this application.
图11是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的共享设备的预设区域定位方法的示例性流程图。Fig. 11 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to other embodiments of the present application.
本实施例中,处理设备可以通过获取共性设备归还位置对应的预设归还区域的第二特征信息,采用预先训练的预设归还区域的冗余模型(也称为第二学习模型),确定预设归还区域对应的冗余值,从而根据预设归还区域及其冗余值,确定目标归还区域,基于目标归还区域确定共享设备当前位置是否在预设归还区域内。通过计算预设归还区域对应的归还冗余值,根据冗余值和预设归还区域共同确定目标归还区域,可以有效扩大共享设备归还范围,从而提高用户归还共享设备的效率,提高用户体验度。In this embodiment, the processing device may obtain the second feature information of the preset return area corresponding to the return location of the common device, and use the pre-trained redundancy model (also called the second learning model) of the preset return area to determine the preset return area. Set the redundancy value corresponding to the return area, thereby determine the target return area according to the preset return area and its redundancy value, and determine whether the current location of the shared device is within the preset return area based on the target return area. By calculating the return redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area, and jointly determine the target return area based on the redundancy value and the preset return area, the scope of the shared device return can be effectively expanded, thereby improving the efficiency of the user returning the shared device and improving the user experience.
在另一些实施例中,处理设备可以根据共享设备对应的用户信息,对采用冗余模型预测得到的用户在预设归还区域对应的冗余值进行调整,可以使得计算得到的冗余值灵活性更高,更加人性化,从而可以有效提高用户的体验度。In other embodiments, the processing device can adjust the redundancy value of the user in the preset return area predicted by using the redundancy model according to the user information corresponding to the shared device, which can make the calculated redundancy value flexible Higher and more user-friendly, which can effectively improve the user experience.
在一些实施例中,流程800可以由处理设备(例如,图1所示的处理设备112)执行。例如,流程800可以以程序或指令的形式存储在存储设备(例如,存储器150或处理设备的存储单元)中,当处理器210或图4所示的模块执行程序或指令时,可以实现流程800。在一些实施例中,流程800可以利用以下未描述的一个或以上附加操作,和/或不通过以下所讨论的一个或以上操作完成。另外,如图11所示的操作的顺序并非限制性的。如图11所示,流程800可以包括以下步骤。In some embodiments, the process 800 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1). For example, the process 800 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the memory 150 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction. When the processor 210 or the module shown in FIG. 4 executes the program or instruction, the process 800 may be implemented. . In some embodiments, the process 800 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below. In addition, the order of operations shown in FIG. 11 is not restrictive. As shown in FIG. 11, the process 800 may include the following steps.
步骤810,获取共享设备的位置信息对应的预设归还区域的第二特征信息。在一些实施例中,步骤810可以由获取模块410或处理模块420执行。Step 810: Acquire second characteristic information of the preset return area corresponding to the location information of the shared device. In some embodiments, step 810 may be performed by the acquisition module 410 or the processing module 420.
在一些实施例中,共享设备的位置可以为用户归还共享设备时的位置。以共享车辆为例,共享设备的位置信息可以为用户还车位置,还车位置可以指允许 还车的地点,用户可以在预设归还区域内的任意位置进行还车。可以根据用户还车位置,确定该还车位置所对应的预设归还区域。例如,用户还车位置为A商场,而A商场所对应的预设还车区域(即预设归还区域)为A商场门口的广场,那么,根据还车位置与预设还车区域的对应关系,可以确定用户还车位置对应的预设还车区域。在一些实施例中,共享设备的位置可以为共享设备的实时位置,例如,通过共享设备的定位装置实时跟踪获得的共享设备位置。In some embodiments, the location of the shared device may be the location when the user returns the shared device. Taking a shared vehicle as an example, the location information of the shared device can be the user's return location, which can refer to the place where the return is allowed, and the user can return the vehicle at any location within the preset return area. The preset return area corresponding to the return location can be determined according to the return location of the user. For example, the user's return location is mall A, and the preset return area (ie, the preset return area) corresponding to business A is the square at the entrance of mall A, then according to the correspondence between the return location and the preset return area , The preset return area corresponding to the user's return location can be determined. In some embodiments, the location of the shared device may be the real-time location of the shared device, for example, the location of the shared device obtained by real-time tracking of the positioning device of the shared device.
在一些实施例中,处理设备可以通过用户终端获取共享设备的位置信息,从而获取对应预设归还区域的第二特征信息。例如,处理设备112可以通过用户端130获取用户当前对应的还车位置,根据用户当前对应的还车位置,确定该还车位置对应的预设还车区域,从而获取预设还车区域的第二特征信息。在一些实施例中,处理设备可以通过共享设备获取其位置信息,从而获取对应预设归还区域的第二特征信息。例如,处理设备112可以通过共享设备140的定位装置获取其当前位置,根据所述当前位置确定对应的预设归还区域,从而获取预设归还区域的第二特征信息。In some embodiments, the processing device may obtain the location information of the shared device through the user terminal, thereby obtaining the second characteristic information corresponding to the preset return area. For example, the processing device 112 may obtain the user's current return location corresponding to the user through the user terminal 130, and determine the preset return area corresponding to the return location according to the user's current return location, so as to obtain the second return area of the preset return area. 2. Feature information. In some embodiments, the processing device may obtain its location information through the sharing device, thereby obtaining the second characteristic information corresponding to the preset return area. For example, the processing device 112 may obtain its current location through the positioning device of the sharing device 140, and determine the corresponding preset return area according to the current location, so as to obtain the second characteristic information of the preset return area.
可选地,预设归还区域的第二特征信息可以从服务器后台数据库(例如,存储器150、存储器220等)或其他数据库中实时获取。在一些实施例中,第二特征信息可以包括预设归还区域的位置信息、路况信息、共享设备信息、交通管控信息、用户信息、时间信息等,或其任意组合。Optionally, the second characteristic information of the preset return area may be obtained in real time from a server background database (for example, the storage 150, the storage 220, etc.) or other databases. In some embodiments, the second characteristic information may include location information, road condition information, shared device information, traffic control information, user information, time information, etc., of the preset return area, or any combination thereof.
步骤820,根据所述第二特征信息,通过第二学习模型确定所述预设归还区域的冗余值。在一些实施例中,步骤820可以由处理模块420(例如,判断单元423)执行。Step 820: Determine the redundancy value of the preset return area through a second learning model according to the second characteristic information. In some embodiments, step 820 may be performed by the processing module 420 (for example, the judgment unit 423).
在一些实施例中,可以将上述步骤810中获取的共享设备位置信息对应的预设归还区域的第二特征信息,输入预先训练好的第二学习模型中,从而可以根据预设归还区域的第二特征信息与冗余值的对应关系,计算得到该预设归还区域对应的冗余值。在一些实施例中,第二学习模型的输入可以为预设归还区域的第二特征信息,输出可以为该预设归还区域对应的冗余值。例如,可以将预设 归还区域的所有第二特征信息的并集作为第二学习模型的输入,第二学习模型可基于训练过程中学到的第二特征信息与冗余值之间的映射关系,确定输入的第二特征信息对应的冗余值并输出。在一些实施例中,输出的冗余值可以为预设归还区域周边的一个区域名称,或预设归还区域可扩展的一个距离值,本说明书对此不做限制。In some embodiments, the second feature information of the preset return area corresponding to the shared device location information obtained in step 810 may be input into the pre-trained second learning model, so that the second feature information of the preset return area can be returned according to the preset. Second, the corresponding relationship between the characteristic information and the redundant value, and the redundant value corresponding to the preset return area is calculated. In some embodiments, the input of the second learning model may be the second characteristic information of the preset return area, and the output may be the redundant value corresponding to the preset return area. For example, the union of all the second feature information of the preset return area can be used as the input of the second learning model, and the second learning model can be based on the mapping relationship between the second feature information learned in the training process and the redundant value. The redundant value corresponding to the input second feature information is determined and output. In some embodiments, the output redundancy value may be an area name around the preset return area, or a distance value that the preset return area can expand, which is not limited in this specification.
在一些实施例中,第二学习模型可以为任何能够实现多分类的模型。示例的,第二学习模型可以由多层卷积神经网络(Convolutional Neural Network,CNN)与多层全连接网络构成;或者,第二学习模型可以由多层CNN残差网络与多层全连接网络构成。例如,第二学习模型可以为5层CNN残差网络和3层全连接网络组成的网络结构模型。第二学习模型可以基于CNN网络构建残差网络来提取第二特征信息的隐藏特征,然后,再利用多层全连接网络对残差网络输出的隐层特征进行映射,最后,经柔性最大值传输函数(softmax)分类输出得到的分类识别结果,即第二特征信息对应的冗余值。In some embodiments, the second learning model may be any model capable of implementing multiple classifications. For example, the second learning model can be composed of a multi-layer convolutional neural network (Convolutional Neural Network, CNN) and a multi-layer fully connected network; or, the second learning model can be composed of a multi-layer CNN residual network and a multi-layer fully connected network constitute. For example, the second learning model may be a network structure model composed of a 5-layer CNN residual network and a 3-layer fully connected network. The second learning model can build a residual network based on the CNN network to extract the hidden features of the second feature information, and then use the multilayer fully connected network to map the hidden features output by the residual network, and finally, transmit via the flexible maximum The classification and recognition result obtained by the function (softmax) classification output is the redundant value corresponding to the second feature information.
仅作为示例,预设归还区域可以具有至少一个相关区域。例如,预设归还区域为商场A的还车点,其至少一个相关区域可以包括商场A的休息区、商场A的临时停车点P等。相应地,第二学习模型的分类识别结果可以包括预设归还区域的每个相关区域,和该相关区域被设为所述预设归还区域的冗余归还区域的概率。例如,多分类结果可以包括商场A的休息区被设为冗余归还区域的概率为70%、临时停车点P被设为冗余归还区域的概率为10%。在一些实施例中,可以将概率大于一定阈值的分类识别结果确定为第二学习模型的最终输出(即冗余值)。For example only, the preset return area may have at least one related area. For example, the preset return area is the drop-off point of shopping mall A, and at least one related area thereof may include a rest area of shopping mall A, a temporary parking point P of shopping mall A, and so on. Correspondingly, the classification and recognition result of the second learning model may include each relevant area of the preset return area, and the probability that the relevant area is set as a redundant return area of the preset return area. For example, the multi-classification result may include a 70% probability that the rest area of the mall A is set as a redundant return area, and a 10% probability that the temporary parking spot P is set as a redundant return area. In some embodiments, a classification recognition result with a probability greater than a certain threshold may be determined as the final output (ie, redundant value) of the second learning model.
冗余值可以为根据预设归还区域的路况信息、共享设备信息、交通管控信息、用户信息、时间信息等确定的预设归还区域的周边区域,或预设归还区域可向周边扩展的距离。通过获取预设归还区域的冗余值,可以进一步扩大预设归还区域的大小,有效避免因归还区域面积局限所造成的用户归还效率低的问题,影响用户体验度。The redundant value may be the peripheral area of the preset return area determined according to the road condition information, shared equipment information, traffic control information, user information, time information, etc. of the preset return area, or the distance that the preset return area can extend to the periphery. By obtaining the redundancy value of the preset return area, the size of the preset return area can be further expanded, effectively avoiding the problem of low user return efficiency caused by the limitation of the area of the return area, and affecting user experience.
在一些实施例中,对于同一预设归还区域,用户信息不同其对应的冗余值也不同。例如,用户的信誉分值越高,且定点归还率越高,其在该预设归还区域的冗余值越大。在一些实施例中,对于不同的预设归还区域,任意两个预设归还区域之间,若它们的位置信息、路况信息、共享设备信息、交通管控信息、时间信息等中的任意一种信息不同,则该两个预设归还区域对应的冗余值便不同。仅作为示例,当预设归还区域的道路宽度越宽、距离预设范围内的住宅区面积占比较大、距离最近的商业区的距离越近、历史人流量较大、位置接近小区、公司等人流较大的地方时,其对应的冗余值越大;相反,则预设归还区域对应的冗余值越小。In some embodiments, for the same preset return area, different user information has different corresponding redundancy values. For example, the higher the user's reputation score and the higher the fixed-point return rate, the greater the redundancy value of the user in the preset return area. In some embodiments, for different preset return areas, between any two preset return areas, if any of their location information, road condition information, shared equipment information, traffic control information, time information, etc. If they are different, the redundancy values corresponding to the two preset return areas are different. Just as an example, when the road width of the preset return area is wider, the residential area within the preset range occupies a larger area, the distance to the nearest commercial area is closer, the historical flow of people is larger, the location is close to the community, the company, etc. When the flow of people is large, the corresponding redundancy value is larger; on the contrary, the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area is smaller.
在一些实施例中,预设归还区域的第二特征信息可以为实时采集的,其可能存在动态变化的特征信息,例如,共享设备使用情况特征,所以,同一预设归还区域在不同时间段对应的冗余值可以是不同的。以共享车辆为例,当早晚高峰时,预设还车区域A对应的冗余值可能较大,以满足更多的用户顺利还车;而当早晚高峰之间的时间段时,用户用车停车的频率较小,此时预设还车区域A对应的冗余值可能也较小。通过动态冗余值的设定,可以使得用户对应的预设归还区域灵活性更高,更能满足用户的归还需求,提高用户的归还效率和体验度。In some embodiments, the second characteristic information of the preset return area may be collected in real time, and there may be dynamically changing characteristic information, such as shared device usage characteristics. Therefore, the same preset return area corresponds to different time periods. The redundancy value of can be different. Take the shared vehicle as an example. When the morning and evening peaks occur, the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area A may be larger, so as to satisfy more users to return the vehicle smoothly; and when the time period between morning and evening peaks, users use the car The frequency of parking is small, and the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area A may also be small at this time. Through the setting of the dynamic redundancy value, the flexibility of the preset return area corresponding to the user can be made more flexible, and the return demand of the user can be more satisfied, and the return efficiency and experience of the user can be improved.
步骤830,获取所述共享设备对应的用户信息。在一些实施例中,步骤830可以由获取模块410或处理模块420执行。Step 830: Obtain user information corresponding to the shared device. In some embodiments, step 830 may be performed by the acquisition module 410 or the processing module 420.
在一些实施例中,不同的用户在同一预设归还区域对应的冗余值也可以是不同的,为了使得采用第二学习模型预测得到的用户在预设归还区域对应的冗余值更加精确,在本实施例中,还可以根据用户的个人信息,对通过第二学习模型预测得到的预设归还区域对应的冗余值进行适应性调整,以使得冗余值的计算结果更加人性化,提高用户的体验度。In some embodiments, the redundancy values corresponding to different users in the same preset return area may also be different. In order to make the user's corresponding redundancy values in the preset return area predicted by the second learning model more accurate, In this embodiment, the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area predicted by the second learning model can also be adaptively adjusted according to the user's personal information, so that the calculation result of the redundancy value is more humane and improves User experience.
可选地,处理设备可以通过用户终端(例如,用户端130)获取用户信息。在一些实施例中,用户信息可以包括但不限于用户的信用信息,和/或,用户的历史订单信息。其中,用户的信用信息可以包括用户使用共享设备的信誉分值。 例如,共享车辆场景中,用户在用车后归还至指定还车区域(即预设归还区域),其对应的用车信誉分值越高;相反,用户在用车后不将车归还至指定还车区域,乱停乱放,其对应的用车信誉分值越低。用户的历史订单信息可以为用户使用共享设备的历史信息。例如,用户的用车单量信息、以及用户在指定位置(即预设归还区域)还车单量信息。根据用户用车单量信息、以及用户在指定位置还车单量信息,可以计算得到用户定点还车率。Optionally, the processing device may obtain user information through a user terminal (for example, the user terminal 130). In some embodiments, the user information may include, but is not limited to, the user's credit information, and/or the user's historical order information. Among them, the user's credit information may include the user's credit score for using the shared device. For example, in the shared vehicle scenario, the user returns the car to the designated return area (ie, the preset return area) after using the car, and the corresponding car reputation score is higher; on the contrary, the user does not return the car to the designated return area after using the car In the area where the car is returned, the car will be parked in disorder, the lower the car reputation score will be. The user's historical order information may be the historical information of the user's use of the shared device. For example, the user's car order amount information, and the user's car order amount information at a designated location (ie, a preset return area). According to the user's car order quantity information and the user's car order quantity information at a designated location, the user's fixed-point return rate can be calculated.
步骤840,根据所述用户信息对所述预设归还区域对应的冗余值进行调整,得到调整后的冗余值。在一些实施例中,步骤840可以由处理模块420执行。Step 840: Adjust the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area according to the user information to obtain the adjusted redundancy value. In some embodiments, step 840 may be performed by the processing module 420.
在一些实施例中,用户的信誉分值越高,且定点归还率越高,其对应的预设归还区域的冗余值越大。仅作为示例,可以根据用户的信用信息确定用户的信誉分值,根据用户的历史订单信息确定用户定点归还率,当用户信誉分值较高且定点归还率较高(例如,均值大于预设值)时,适当增大对应预设归还区域的冗余值;当用户信誉分值和/或定点归还率较小(例如,均值小于预设值)时,适当减小预设归还区域的冗余值。在一些实施例中,可以根据用户信息预先设定相应的冗余值调整策略。示例性地,信誉分值大于5且定点归还率小于5时,冗余值增大0-50米;信誉分值和定点归还率均小于5时,冗余值减小0-200米,或冗余值调整为0;信誉分值和定点归还率均大于5时,冗余值增大50-200米。In some embodiments, the higher the user's reputation score and the higher the fixed-point return rate, the greater the redundancy value of the corresponding preset return area. Just as an example, the user’s reputation score can be determined based on the user’s credit information, and the user’s fixed-point return rate can be determined based on the user’s historical order information. When the user’s reputation score is high and the fixed-point return rate is high (for example, the average value is greater than the preset value) ), appropriately increase the redundancy value of the corresponding preset return area; when the user reputation score and/or fixed-point return rate are small (for example, the average value is less than the preset value), appropriately reduce the redundancy of the preset return area value. In some embodiments, a corresponding redundancy value adjustment strategy can be preset according to user information. Exemplarily, when the reputation score is greater than 5 and the fixed-point return rate is less than 5, the redundancy value is increased by 0-50 meters; when the reputation score and the fixed-point return rate are both less than 5, the redundancy value is reduced by 0-200 meters, or The redundancy value is adjusted to 0; when the reputation score and the fixed-point return rate are both greater than 5, the redundancy value is increased by 50-200 meters.
根据用户信息,对采用第二学习模型预测得到的用户在预设归还区域对应的冗余值进行调整,可以使得计算得到的冗余值灵活性更高,更加人性化,从而可以有效提高用户的体验度。According to the user information, the user's redundant value in the preset return area predicted by the second learning model is adjusted, which can make the calculated redundant value more flexible and more user-friendly, which can effectively improve the user's Experience degree.
步骤850,根据调整后冗余值,确定目标归还区域。在一些实施例中,步骤850可以由处理模块420执行。Step 850: Determine the target return area according to the adjusted redundancy value. In some embodiments, step 850 may be performed by the processing module 420.
在一些实施例中,可以将预设归还区域与预设归还区域对应的调整后冗余值进行累加,得到目标归还区域。例如,用户在A商场的预设还车区域为A商场门口的广场,而计算得到的冗余值为A商场门口的休息区,那么用户在A商场对应的目标还车区域(即目标归还区域)即为:A商场门口的广场和A商 场门口的休息区。在一些实施例中,预设归还区域的冗余值可以为距离值,处理设备可以基于所述冗余值确定目标归还区域的范围。例如,预设归还区域为A商场门口的广场,计算得到的冗余值为200米,则可以将A商场门口的广场向前延伸200米后的区域确定为目标归还区域。In some embodiments, the preset return area and the adjusted redundant values corresponding to the preset return area may be accumulated to obtain the target return area. For example, if the user's preset return area in mall A is the square at the entrance of mall A, and the calculated redundancy value is the rest area at the entrance of mall A, then the user returns to the target area corresponding to mall A (ie, the target return area) ) Is: the square at the entrance of mall A and the rest area at the entrance of mall A. In some embodiments, the redundant value of the preset return area may be a distance value, and the processing device may determine the range of the target return area based on the redundant value. For example, the preset return area is the square at the entrance of A mall, and the calculated redundancy value is 200 meters, then the area after the square at the entrance of A mall extends 200 meters forward can be determined as the target return area.
步骤860,响应于共享设备的位置在所述目标归还区域内,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内。Step 860: In response to the location of the shared device being within the target return area, determine that the shared device is located within the preset return area.
在一些实施例中,可以将共享设备的位置与计算得到的目标归还区域进行比较,以确定共享设备是否处于目标归还区域内。例如,可以将上述实施例中获取的用户还车位置以及计算得到的目标还车区域进行比较,确定用户还车位置是否处于目标还车区域内,当用户还车位置位于目标还车区域内时,确定用户还车位置在预设还车区域内。In some embodiments, the location of the shared device may be compared with the calculated target return area to determine whether the shared device is within the target return area. For example, the user's return location obtained in the above embodiment can be compared with the calculated target return area to determine whether the user return location is within the target return area, when the user return location is within the target return area To confirm that the user's return location is within the preset return area.
在一些实施例中,可以根据用户共享设备是否在预设归还区域内容,确定是否进行调度。以共享车辆为例,若用户还车位置在目标归还区域内,则不对用户还车位置进行还车调度;若用户还车位置不在目标还车区域内,则对用户还车位置进行还车调度。其中,对用户还车位置进行还车调度可以包括:确定用户还车位置的还车调度数据,例如:还车调度费用。In some embodiments, it may be determined whether to perform scheduling according to whether the user sharing device is returning the content in the preset area. Taking shared vehicles as an example, if the user's return location is within the target return area, the user's return location will not be dispatched; if the user's return location is not within the target return area, the user's return location will be dispatched . Wherein, performing return scheduling on the user's return location may include: determining the return location of the user's vehicle return scheduling data, for example: return scheduling fee.
可选地,为了使得用户可以将车辆归还至目标还车区域(即目标归还区域),避免产生还车调度费用。用户在还车时,处理设备可以在用户终端(例如,用户端130)或共享设备(例如,共享设备140)显示界面显示用户还车位置是否在目标归还区域内。在一些实施例中,可以通过信息提示的方式进行显示。例如,当用户还车后,反馈当前还车位置在目标归还区域,或者当前还车位置不在目标归还区域的信息给用户。在一些实施例中,可以通过地图的方式进行显示,其具有直观性,行驶时容易理解,有助于安全骑行。例如,可以在终端设备的显示界面上显示地图,该地图中可以包含目标归还区域和当前还车位置,并实时显示当前还车位置是否位于目标归还区域内等。这样,当用户在终端设备的界面看到显示的提示信息,确定还车位置不在目标归还区域时,可以调整还车位置,以 使得还车位置处于目标归还区域内。在一些实施例中,可以在共享设备(例如,共享车辆)的显示界面上显示上述包含目标归还区域和当前还车位置之间位置关系的地图。Optionally, in order to enable the user to return the vehicle to the target return area (that is, the target return area), avoiding the vehicle return scheduling fee. When the user returns the car, the processing device may display on the user terminal (for example, the user terminal 130) or the sharing device (for example, the sharing device 140) display interface to display whether the user's return position is within the target return area. In some embodiments, it may be displayed in the form of information prompts. For example, after the user returns the car, the information that the current return location is in the target return area or that the current return location is not in the target return area is fed back to the user. In some embodiments, it can be displayed in the form of a map, which is intuitive, easy to understand when driving, and is helpful for safe riding. For example, a map can be displayed on the display interface of the terminal device. The map can include the target return area and the current return location, and display whether the current return location is within the target return area in real time. In this way, when the user sees the prompt information displayed on the interface of the terminal device and determines that the return location is not in the target return area, the return location can be adjusted so that the return location is within the target return area. In some embodiments, the above-mentioned map containing the positional relationship between the target return area and the current return location may be displayed on the display interface of the shared device (for example, shared vehicle).
可以理解,上述实施例仅作为示例,本实施例提供的方法不限于共享单车、共享电动车、共享汽车等不同类型的共享车辆中。对于,例如共享充电宝、共享雨伞等其他需要定点归还的共享设备中,均可以采用本实施例的方法确定共享设备在预设归还区域的冗余值,以扩大共享设备归还范围,降低用户调整归还位置的次数,提高用户归还效率和归还体验度。It can be understood that the foregoing embodiment is only an example, and the method provided in this embodiment is not limited to different types of shared vehicles such as shared bicycles, shared electric vehicles, and shared cars. For, for example, shared power banks, shared umbrellas and other shared devices that need to be returned at a fixed point, the method of this embodiment can be used to determine the redundancy value of the shared device in the preset return area, so as to expand the scope of return of the shared device and reduce user adjustments. The number of times to return the location, improve the user return efficiency and return experience.
应当注意的是,上述有关流程800的描述仅仅是为了示例和说明,而不限定本申请的适用范围。对于本领域技术人员来说,在本申请的指导下可以对流程800进行各种修正和改变。然而,这些修正和改变仍在本申请的范围之内。例如,在步骤830-850中,处理设备可以不对第二学习模型得到的冗余值进行调整,直接基于预测的预设归还区域的冗余值和预设归还区域确定目标归还区域。又例如,在步骤860中,处理设备可以分别比较共享设备位置与预设归还区域、预设归还区域的冗余值,以确定共享设备是否在预设归还区域内。It should be noted that the foregoing description of the process 800 is only for example and description, and does not limit the scope of application of the present application. For those skilled in the art, various modifications and changes can be made to the process 800 under the guidance of this application. However, these amendments and changes are still within the scope of this application. For example, in steps 830-850, the processing device may not adjust the redundancy value obtained by the second learning model, and directly determine the target return area based on the predicted redundancy value of the preset return area and the preset return area. For another example, in step 860, the processing device may respectively compare the location of the shared device with the preset return area and the redundancy value of the preset return area to determine whether the shared device is within the preset return area.
图12是根据本申请一些实施例所示的第二学习模型确定方法的示例性流程图。Fig. 12 is an exemplary flowchart of a second learning model determination method according to some embodiments of the present application.
在一些实施例中,流程900可以由处理设备(例如,图1所示的处理设备112)执行。例如,流程900可以以程序或指令的形式存储在存储设备(例如,存储器150或处理设备的存储单元)中,当处理器210或图4所示的模块(例如,训练模块440)执行程序或指令时,可以实现流程900。在一些实施例中,流程900可以利用以下未描述的一个或以上附加操作,和/或不通过以下所讨论的一个或以上操作完成。另外,如图12所示的操作的顺序并非限制性的。如图12所示,流程900可以包括以下步骤。In some embodiments, the process 900 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1). For example, the process 900 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the memory 150 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction. When the processor 210 or the module shown in FIG. 4 (for example, the training module 440) executes the program or When instructed, the process 900 can be implemented. In some embodiments, the process 900 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below. In addition, the order of operations shown in FIG. 12 is not restrictive. As shown in FIG. 12, the process 900 may include the following steps.
步骤910,获取样本归还区域的第二特征信息。Step 910: Acquire second characteristic information of the sample return area.
在一些实施例中,可以从服务器后台数据库(例如,存储器150、存取器 220等)中获取样本归还区域的第二特征信息。在一些实施例中,样本归还区域的第二特征信息可以包括归还区域的路况信息和共享设备信息。In some embodiments, the second characteristic information of the sample return area may be obtained from the server background database (for example, the memory 150, the access device 220, etc.). In some embodiments, the second characteristic information of the sample return area may include road condition information and shared device information of the return area.
在一些实施例中,归还区域的路况信息可以包括但不限于归还区域的道路宽度、归还区域距离预设范围内的住宅区面积占比、归还区域距离最近的商业区的距离、归还区域内的历史人流量信息、归还区域的位置特征等,或其任意组合。In some embodiments, the road condition information of the return area may include, but is not limited to, the width of the road in the return area, the proportion of the residential area within a preset range of the return area, the distance between the return area and the nearest commercial area, and the area within the return area. Historical traffic information, location characteristics of the return area, etc., or any combination thereof.
可选地,归还区域(例如,还车区域)距离预设范围内的住宅区面积占比,其中,本实施中,预设范围可以为1公里,也即获取样本(或预设)归还区域附近1公里范围内的住宅面积占比。可以理解,预设范围可以不限于1公里,但是预设范围的取值也不能过大,取值过大时,数据的参考意义将过小。归还区域的位置特征可以为归还区域所在位置的地理特征,例如:小区门口或者是公司门口等。Optionally, the return area (for example, the car return area) is the proportion of the residential area within a preset range. In this implementation, the preset range may be 1 km, that is, a sample (or preset) return area is obtained Proportion of residential area within 1 kilometer nearby. It can be understood that the preset range may not be limited to 1 km, but the value of the preset range cannot be too large. When the value is too large, the reference meaning of the data will be too small. The location feature of the return area may be the geographic feature of the location of the return area, for example, the door of a community or the door of a company.
可选地,当归还区域的道路宽度越宽、距离预设范围内的住宅区面积占比较大、距离最近的商业区的距离越近、历史人流量较大、位置接近小区、公司等人流较大的地方时,对应的样本归还区域或预设归还区域的冗余值越大。相反,则样本归还区域或预设归还区域的冗余值越小。Optionally, the wider the road width of the angelica return area, the larger the residential area within the preset range, the closer the distance to the nearest commercial area, the greater the historical flow of people, the closer the location to the community, the greater the flow of people from companies, etc. Larger places, the greater the redundancy value of the corresponding sample return area or the preset return area. On the contrary, the redundant value of the sample return area or the preset return area is smaller.
在一些实施例中,归还区域的共享设备信息可以包括但不限于归还区域的共享设备数量、归还区域的共享设备流出信息、归还区域的共享设备流入信息等,或其任意组合。当样本归还区域的共享设备数量较多、共享设备流入流出较为频繁时,则对应的样本归还区域的冗余值也越大。In some embodiments, the shared device information in the return area may include, but is not limited to, the number of shared devices in the return area, the outflow information of shared devices in the return area, the inflow information of shared devices in the return area, etc., or any combination thereof. When the number of shared devices in the sample return area is large and the inflow and outflow of shared devices is more frequent, the corresponding redundant value of the sample return area is also greater.
在一些实施例中,样本归还区域的第二特征信息还可以包括时间信息。对于不同的时间段,同一个样本归还区域的冗余值也可以不同。例如:高峰期时,用户用车和还车的频率较高,对应的冗余值可以较大等。In some embodiments, the second characteristic information of the sample return area may also include time information. For different time periods, the redundancy value of the same sample return area can also be different. For example: during peak hours, users use and return cars more frequently, and the corresponding redundancy values can be larger.
在一些实施例中,样本归还区域的第二特征信息还可以包括交通管控信息。其中,交通管控信息可以是根据归还区域的位置特征、道路特征等信息确定的。In some embodiments, the second characteristic information of the sample return area may also include traffic control information. Among them, the traffic control information can be determined based on information such as the location feature and road feature of the return area.
可以理解,归还区域的第二特征信息可以不限于上述所列举的,还可以包括更多类型的特征信息,参考特征信息越多,训练得到的冗余模型(即第二学习模型)的精确度更高。It can be understood that the second feature information of the returned area may not be limited to the above list, but may also include more types of feature information. The more reference feature information, the accuracy of the redundant model obtained by training (ie, the second learning model) higher.
步骤920,根据样本归还区域的第二特征信息,确定样本归还区域对应的冗余值。Step 920: Determine the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the second feature information of the sample return area.
在一些实施例中,可以根据样本归还区域的第二特征信息,计算样本归还区域对应的冗余值,构建样本归还区域的第二特征信息与样本归还区域对应的冗余值的映射关系。In some embodiments, the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area can be calculated according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area, and the mapping relationship between the second characteristic information of the sample return area and the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area can be constructed.
在一些实施例中,可以根据获取的样本归还区域的路况信息和共享设备信息,确定该样本归还区域对应的初始冗余值。根据不同的路况信息和共享设备信息,确定的样本归还区域的初始冗余值是不同的。例如,以共享车辆为例,归还区域的道路越宽、车辆流入越多,归还区域用户用车后在该归还区域内还车的可能性越大,对应的,得到的初始冗余值越大,以满足用户的还车需求。In some embodiments, the initial redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area may be determined according to the acquired road condition information and shared device information of the sample return area. According to different road condition information and shared equipment information, the initial redundancy value of the determined sample return area is different. For example, taking a shared vehicle as an example, the wider the road in the return area, the more vehicles flow in, the greater the possibility of returning the car in the return area after the user's car is returned, and the correspondingly, the greater the initial redundancy value obtained , To meet the needs of users to return the car.
在一些实施例中,可以基于交通管控信息对上述确定的初始冗余值进行调整,以调整后的冗余值作为样本归还区域对应的冗余值。以共享车辆为例,基于交通管控信息对确定的初始冗余值进行调整,以调整后的冗余值作为样本归还区域对应的冗余值,可以保证归还区域对应的冗余值的合理性、以及满足符合道路交通规划等条件。In some embodiments, the aforementioned determined initial redundancy value may be adjusted based on the traffic control information, and the adjusted redundancy value is used as the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area. Taking shared vehicles as an example, the determined initial redundancy value is adjusted based on the traffic control information, and the adjusted redundancy value is used as the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area, which can ensure the reasonableness and reasonableness of the redundancy value corresponding to the return area. And meet the conditions in line with road traffic planning.
具体地,可以根据交通管控信息,确定样本归还区域对应的最大冗余值;根据最大冗余值,对初始冗余值进行调节,得到样本归还区域对应的冗余值,样本归还区域对应的冗余值小于或等于最大冗余值。对于不同的归还区域,其对应的最大冗余值可以是不同的。Specifically, the maximum redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area can be determined according to the traffic control information; the initial redundancy value is adjusted according to the maximum redundancy value to obtain the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area, and the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area is obtained. The residual value is less than or equal to the maximum redundancy value. For different return areas, the corresponding maximum redundancy values can be different.
可选地,若上述计算得到的样本归还区域的初始冗余值大于该最大冗余值,可以将初始冗余值调整为最大冗余值,以该最大冗余值作为样本归还区域对应的冗余值。而当样本归还区域的初始冗余值小于或等于该最大冗余值,则将该初始冗余值作为样本归还区域对应的冗余值。Optionally, if the initial redundancy value of the sample return area calculated above is greater than the maximum redundancy value, the initial redundancy value may be adjusted to the maximum redundancy value, and the maximum redundancy value is used as the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area. Residual value. When the initial redundancy value of the sample return area is less than or equal to the maximum redundancy value, the initial redundancy value is taken as the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area.
通过采用交通管控信息对样本归还区域对应的初始冗余值进行调整,可以使得确定出的样本归还区域的冗余值精确度更高,从而使得根据样本归还区域的第二特征信息、以及样本归还区域的冗余值训练得到的冗余模型精确度更高。By using traffic control information to adjust the initial redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area, the determined redundancy value of the sample return area can be more accurate, so that the second characteristic information of the sample return area and the sample return The redundancy model obtained by training the redundancy value of the region has higher accuracy.
步骤930,根据所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息以及所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值,进行模型训练,得到第二学习模型。Step 930: Perform model training according to the second feature information of the sample return area and the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area to obtain a second learning model.
可以将样本归还区域的第二特征信息、样本归还区域对应的冗余值作为模型的输入,进行模型训练,得到冗余模型(即第二学习模型)。从而可以根据冗余模型所具有的,样本归还区域的第二特征信息与样本归还区域对应的冗余值的映射关系,对任意的预设归还区域的冗余值进行预测。可选地,样本归还区域可以包括多个,可以根据每个样本归还区域的第二特征信息及对应的冗余值,训练获取冗余模型。The second feature information of the sample return area and the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area can be used as the input of the model, and the model training can be performed to obtain the redundant model (ie, the second learning model). Therefore, according to the mapping relationship between the second feature information of the sample return area and the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area possessed by the redundancy model, the redundancy value of any preset return area can be predicted. Optionally, the sample return area may include multiple, and the redundancy model may be obtained by training according to the second feature information of each sample return area and the corresponding redundancy value.
在一些实施例中,可以将样本归还区域的路况信息和共享设备信息、以及确定出的样本归还区域对应的冗余值作为输入,训练得到冗余模型。In some embodiments, the road condition information and shared device information of the sample return area, and the determined redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area can be used as input to train to obtain the redundancy model.
可选地,上述模型训练方法为常规模型训练方法,模型训练的具体过程不做详细说明。对于不同的应用领域,模型训练的输入可以是与应用领域对应的样本数据。Optionally, the above-mentioned model training method is a conventional model training method, and the specific process of model training will not be described in detail. For different application fields, the input of model training can be sample data corresponding to the application field.
应当注意的是,上述有关流程900的描述仅仅是为了示例和说明,而不限定本申请的适用范围。对于本领域技术人员来说,在本申请的指导下可以对流程900进行各种修正和改变。然而,这些修正和改变仍在本申请的范围之内。It should be noted that the foregoing description of the process 900 is only for example and description, and does not limit the scope of application of the present application. For those skilled in the art, various modifications and changes can be made to the process 900 under the guidance of this application. However, these amendments and changes are still within the scope of this application.
图13是根据本申请另一些实施例所示的共享设备的预设区域定位方法的示例性流程图。Fig. 13 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for locating a preset area of a shared device according to other embodiments of the present application.
本实施例中提供的方法,可以通过获取共享设备的位置信息,当该位置信息位于第一预设区域内时,判断位置信息与第一预设区域边界位置点的最小距离是否满足第一预设条件,若满足,可以向用户发送第一提示消息。第一提示消息用于提示位置信息与第一预设区域的位置关系,第一预设区域为共享设备预 设归还区域,使得共享设备的使用用户在使用该共享设备时,可以提前提示用户,便于用户可以根据该第一提示消息调整使用区域、进而在放置共享设备时,可以将该共享设备规范地放置在第一预设区域内,从而达到规范用户行为、方便城市管理的目的。In the method provided in this embodiment, the location information of the shared device can be obtained. When the location information is located in the first preset area, it is determined whether the minimum distance between the location information and the boundary location point of the first preset area meets the first preset area. If the conditions are met, the first prompt message can be sent to the user. The first prompt message is used to prompt the positional relationship between the location information and the first preset area. The first preset area is the preset return area of the shared device, so that the user of the shared device can prompt the user in advance when using the shared device, It is convenient for the user to adjust the use area according to the first prompt message, and furthermore, when placing the shared device, the shared device can be placed in the first preset area in a standardized manner, thereby achieving the purpose of standardizing user behavior and facilitating city management.
在一些实施例中,流程1000可以由处理设备(例如,图1所示的处理设备112)执行。例如,流程1000可以以程序或指令的形式存储在存储设备(例如,存储器150或处理设备的存储单元)中,当处理器210或图4所示的模块执行程序或指令时,可以实现流程1000。在一些实施例中,流程1000可以利用以下未描述的一个或以上附加操作,和/或不通过以下所讨论的一个或以上操作完成。另外,如图13所示的操作的顺序并非限制性的。本说明书实施例在此以共享设备为共享单车为例,对本申请所提供的方法进行说明,如图13所示,流程1000可以包括以下步骤。In some embodiments, the process 1000 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1). For example, the process 1000 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the memory 150 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction. When the processor 210 or the module shown in FIG. 4 executes the program or instruction, the process 1000 may be implemented. . In some embodiments, the process 1000 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below. In addition, the order of operations shown in FIG. 13 is not restrictive. In the embodiment of the specification, the shared device is a shared bicycle as an example to describe the method provided in the present application. As shown in FIG. 13, the process 1000 may include the following steps.
步骤1010,接收共享设备使用指令。在一些实施例中,步骤1010可以由获取模块410执行。Step 1010: Receive a shared device use instruction. In some embodiments, step 1010 may be performed by the obtaining module 410.
在一些实施例中,共享设备使用指令可以是用户通过移动终端、可穿戴设备等发送的指令。例如,用户可以通过用户端130扫描某共享设备140的二维码,向该共享设备发送使用指令(例如,开锁指令)。在一些实施例中,共享设备在接收到该使用指令后,可以获取到该共享设备的位置信息,基于该位置信息向用户发送相应的消息提示。在一些实施例中,共享设备在接收到该使用指令后,可以将使用指令和/或位置信息传输至后台服务器(例如,服务器110),由服务器对位置信息进行处理分析,以向用户发送相应的消息提示。In some embodiments, the shared device use instruction may be an instruction sent by a user through a mobile terminal, a wearable device, or the like. For example, the user can scan the two-dimensional code of a certain shared device 140 through the user terminal 130, and send a use instruction (for example, an unlocking instruction) to the shared device. In some embodiments, after receiving the use instruction, the sharing device can obtain the location information of the sharing device, and send a corresponding message prompt to the user based on the location information. In some embodiments, after receiving the use instruction, the sharing device may transmit the use instruction and/or location information to a background server (for example, server 110), and the server processes and analyzes the location information to send the corresponding information to the user. Message prompt.
步骤1020,根据共享设备使用指令,获取共享设备的位置信息。在一些实施例中,步骤1020可以由获取模块410执行。Step 1020: Obtain location information of the shared device according to the instruction for using the shared device. In some embodiments, step 1020 may be performed by the obtaining module 410.
在一些实施例中,共享设备上可以设有用于获取位置信息的定位装置,定位装置可以采用GPS、GLONASS、COMPASS等定位技术中的任意一种或多种的组合实现定位。因此,根据该定位装置可以获取共享设备的位置信息。若执行 主体为共享平台的后台服务器,相应地,共享设备也可以该将位置信息发送给服务器(例如,服务器110)。在一些实施例中,可以通过用户端中定位技术获取共享设备的位置信息。例如,用户通过用户端130扫描共享设备140上的二维码并发送使用指令后,可以通过用户端130嵌入的定位技术获取用户端当前位置作为共享设备的位置信息。在一些实施例中,共享设备的位置信息可以是共享设备的经纬度坐标,也可以是表示位置的地理编码等。In some embodiments, the shared device may be provided with a positioning device for obtaining location information, and the positioning device may use any one or a combination of positioning technologies such as GPS, GLONASS, COMPASS, etc., to achieve positioning. Therefore, the location information of the shared device can be acquired according to the positioning device. If the execution subject is the background server of the sharing platform, correspondingly, the sharing device can also send the location information to the server (for example, the server 110). In some embodiments, the location information of the shared device may be obtained through the positioning technology in the user terminal. For example, after the user scans the QR code on the sharing device 140 through the user terminal 130 and sends a use instruction, the current location of the user terminal can be obtained as the location information of the shared device through the positioning technology embedded in the user terminal 130. In some embodiments, the location information of the shared device may be the latitude and longitude coordinates of the shared device, or may be geocoding indicating the location.
在一些实施例中,可以通过导航系统获取共享设备的位置信息。例如,共享设备140可以通过其自身的定位装置与所述导航系统通信,获取自身的定位信息。在一些实施例中,共享设备可以将不同时刻的定位信息主动发送给服务器,服务器接收到所述共享设备的定位信息可以在服务器中实时更新所述共享设备的位置信息。在一些实施例中,共享设备可以在不同时刻实时获取相应定位信息,以实时更新共享设备的位置信息。在一些实施例中,所述不同时刻可以是指按照一定的时间间隔更新定位信息。例如,可以每0.05秒获取一次共享设备的定位信息。在一些实施例中,不同时刻可以是根据距离或客户端的要求变化的。例如,可以在共享设备与指定位置之间的距离较远时,每0.1秒获取一次共享设备的定位信息,当共享设备与指定位置之间的距离较近时,变为每0.05秒获取一次共享设备的定位信息。在一些实施例中,服务器接收到所述共享设备的定位信息可以先存储在存储介质中,以不同于获取频率的自定的频率更新共享设备的位置信息。例如,如果服务器以每0.05秒的时间间隔获取一次共享设备的定位信息,可以先将获取到的定位信息存储起来,在服务器中每0.1秒更新一次共享设备的位置信息。In some embodiments, the location information of the shared device can be obtained through a navigation system. For example, the sharing device 140 may communicate with the navigation system through its own positioning device to obtain its own positioning information. In some embodiments, the shared device may actively send location information at different moments to the server, and the server may update the location information of the shared device in the server in real time after receiving the location information of the shared device. In some embodiments, the shared device can obtain corresponding positioning information in real time at different times to update the location information of the shared device in real time. In some embodiments, the different moments may refer to updating positioning information at a certain time interval. For example, the location information of the shared device can be obtained every 0.05 seconds. In some embodiments, different times may vary according to distance or client requirements. For example, when the distance between the shared device and the specified location is far, the location information of the shared device can be obtained every 0.1 second, and when the distance between the shared device and the specified location is close, it becomes shared once every 0.05 seconds. Location information of the device. In some embodiments, the location information of the shared device received by the server may be stored in the storage medium first, and the location information of the shared device may be updated at a custom frequency different from the acquisition frequency. For example, if the server obtains the location information of the shared device at intervals of 0.05 seconds, the obtained location information can be stored first, and the location information of the shared device is updated in the server every 0.1 second.
在一些实施例中,定位信息可以包括所述共享设备的位置信息和所述位置信息对应的时序信息。在一些实施例中,位置信息可以是共享设备的经纬度坐标,也可以是表示位置的地理编码等。在一些实施例中,每个位置信息具有与其对应的时序信息。例如,位置信息的对应时间,或是一组位置信息按照前后时间顺序进行的排序。在一些实施例中,可以根据时序信息获取到最新的定位信息, 对定位信息进行更新。In some embodiments, the location information may include location information of the shared device and timing information corresponding to the location information. In some embodiments, the location information may be the latitude and longitude coordinates of the shared device, or may be geocoding indicating the location. In some embodiments, each location information has timing information corresponding to it. For example, the corresponding time of the location information, or the sorting of a group of location information in the order of time before and after. In some embodiments, the latest positioning information may be obtained according to the timing information, and the positioning information may be updated.
步骤1030,若所述共享设备位于第一预设区域且满足第一预设条件,则向用户发送第一提示信息。在一些实施例中,步骤1030可以由传输模块430执行。Step 1030: If the shared device is located in the first preset area and meets the first preset condition, send first prompt information to the user. In some embodiments, step 1030 may be performed by the transmission module 430.
第一预设区域可以为共享设备的预设归还区域。根据不同的共享设备的类型以及共享设备投放的区域,可对应不同的预设归还区域。例如,共享设备为共享单车时,对应地,第一预设区域可以该共享单车投放的运营区域,即合规停车区域;共享设备为共享充电宝时,对应地,第一预设区域即为共享充电宝的归还位置。The first preset area may be a preset return area of the shared device. Depending on the type of shared device and the area where the shared device is placed, different preset return areas can be corresponded to. For example, when the shared device is a shared bicycle, correspondingly, the first preset area can be the operating area where the shared bicycle is placed, that is, a compliant parking area; when the shared device is a shared power bank, correspondingly, the first preset area is Share the return location of the power bank.
在一些实施例中,第一预设条件可以为预设的位置差条件,例如,可以是小于某第一预设范围。第一预设范围可以为任意合理的值,例如,1公里、2公里、3公里等,本申请在此并不对该第一预设范围进行限定,根据实际的应用场景,可以有所不同。In some embodiments, the first preset condition may be a preset position difference condition, for example, it may be less than a certain first preset range. The first preset range can be any reasonable value, for example, 1 km, 2 km, 3 km, etc. This application does not limit the first preset range here, and may be different according to actual application scenarios.
第一提示信息可以用于提示共享设备的位置信息与第一预设区域的位置关系。仅作为示例,若共享单车的位置信息位于第一预设区域的边界,例如,共享单车的位置距离第一预设区域的边界小于第一预设范围(例如,与第一预设区域最近的边界距离小于3公里),会提示“小心别骑出第一预设区域”。共享单车的骑行用户收到该提示消息后,在使用该共享单车时,就会注意自己的骑行路线,进而在停车时,可以将共享单车规范地停放在第一预设区域,即预设归还区域内。The first prompt information may be used to prompt the position relationship between the location information of the shared device and the first preset area. For example only, if the location information of the shared bicycle is located at the boundary of the first preset area, for example, the distance of the shared bicycle’s location from the boundary of the first preset area is less than the first preset range (for example, the closest to the first preset area). The boundary distance is less than 3 kilometers), it will prompt "Be careful not to ride out of the first preset area". After receiving the prompt message, the cycling user of the shared bicycle will pay attention to his riding route when using the shared bicycle. Then, when parking, the shared bicycle can be parked in the first preset area. Set the return area.
如上,在本实施例中,可以通过判断共享设备的位置信息与第一预设区域内位置信息的最小距离是否满足第一预设条件,可以给出相应的第一提示消息。例如,共享设备为共享单车、第一预设区域为共享单车的合规停车区域、第一预设条件为小于3公里时,可以通过判断共享单车的位置信息与可停车区域边界位置点的最小距离是否在3公里内,若在,则可以发送第一提示消息给共享单车的骑行用户,那么骑行用户在使用该共享设备时可以根据该第一提示消息调 整自己的骑行路线,进而在放置共享单车时,可以将共享单车规范地停放在第一预设区域内,达到提前给出用户提示,规范用户行为的目的,也方便共享设备的管理人员的集中管理。As above, in this embodiment, by determining whether the minimum distance between the location information of the shared device and the location information in the first preset area meets the first preset condition, the corresponding first prompt message can be given. For example, when the shared equipment is a shared bicycle, the first preset area is a compliant parking area for shared bicycles, and the first preset condition is less than 3 kilometers, the minimum distance between the location information of the shared bicycle and the boundary position of the parking area can be determined. Whether the distance is within 3 kilometers, if so, the first prompt message can be sent to the cycling user of the shared bicycle, then the cycling user can adjust his riding route according to the first prompt message when using the shared device, and then When placing shared bicycles, the shared bicycles can be parked in the first preset area in a standardized manner to achieve the purpose of giving user prompts in advance, standardizing user behavior, and facilitating centralized management by managers of shared equipment.
步骤1040,若所述共享设备位于第二预设区域且满足第二预设条件,则向用户发送第二提示信息。在一些实施例中,步骤1040可以由传输模块430执行。Step 1040: If the shared device is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset condition, send second prompt information to the user. In some embodiments, step 1040 may be performed by the transmission module 430.
第二预设区域可以为禁止放置共享设备区域,以共享单车为例,对应地,第二预设区域即为禁停区域(比如,某交通要道)。在一些实施例中,第二预设条件可以为小于某第二预设范围,例如,小于2公里。本说明书实施例并不对第二预设范围进行限定,第二预设范围也可以与第一预设范围相同,根据实际的应用场景,可自行设置。The second preset area may be an area where shared equipment is prohibited. Taking shared bicycles as an example, correspondingly, the second preset area is a no-parking area (for example, a certain traffic artery). In some embodiments, the second preset condition may be less than a certain second preset range, for example, less than 2 kilometers. The embodiment of this specification does not limit the second preset range, and the second preset range can also be the same as the first preset range, and can be set by itself according to actual application scenarios.
第二提示信息可以用于提示共享设备的位置信息与第二预设区域的位置关系。仅作为示例,若共享单车的位置信息附近有禁停区域,例如,共享单车的位置距离最近禁停区域的边界小于第二预设范围(比如,与第二预设区域最近的边界距离小于2公里)时,会提示“小心别停放到第二预设区域内”,以提前提示用户。共享单车的骑行用户收到该第二提示消息时,在使用该共享单车时,就会注意自己的骑行路线,进而在停车时,可以避免将共享单车停放在第二预设区域内,尽可能将共享单车规范地停放在第一预设区域(即预设归还区域),从而达到规范用户使用行为的目的。The second prompt information may be used to prompt the position relationship between the location information of the shared device and the second preset area. For example only, if there is a no-parking area near the location information of the shared bicycle, for example, the location of the shared bike is less than the second preset range from the boundary of the nearest no-parking area (for example, the closest boundary to the second preset area is less than 2 Km), it will prompt "Be careful not to park in the second preset area" to remind the user in advance. When riding users of shared bicycles receive the second prompt message, they will pay attention to their riding routes when using the shared bicycles, so that they can avoid parking the shared bicycles in the second preset area when parking. As far as possible, the shared bicycles should be parked in the first preset area (that is, the preset return area) as much as possible, so as to achieve the purpose of regulating user behavior.
步骤1050,若所述共享设备位于第三预设区域,则向用户发送第三提示信息。在一些实施例中,步骤1050可以由传输模块430执行。Step 1050: If the shared device is located in the third preset area, send third prompt information to the user. In some embodiments, step 1050 may be performed by the transmission module 430.
第三预设区域为除第一预设区域和第二预设区域以外的其它区域。以共享单车为例,对应地,第三预设区域可以为合规停车区域以及禁停区域以外的其它区域。The third preset area is an area other than the first preset area and the second preset area. Taking shared bicycles as an example, correspondingly, the third preset area may be a compliant parking area and other areas other than the no-parking area.
第三提示信息,可以包括共享设备的第一计费策略、共享设备的第二计费策略中的至少一种。其中,第一计费策略指示共享设备位于第一预设区域时的计 费策略,第二计费策略指示共享设备位于第三预设区域时的计费策略。第一计费策略可以较第二计费策略更优惠。在一些实施例中,第一提示信息和第二提示信息也可以包括共享设备的第一计费策略和/或第二计费策略。The third prompt information may include at least one of the first charging policy of the shared device and the second charging policy of the shared device. Wherein, the first charging strategy indicates the charging strategy when the shared device is located in the first preset area, and the second charging strategy indicates the charging strategy when the shared device is located in the third preset area. The first charging strategy may be more favorable than the second charging strategy. In some embodiments, the first prompt information and the second prompt information may also include the first charging policy and/or the second charging policy of the shared device.
仅作为示例,骑行用户在使用共享单车时,若判断该共享单车的位置信息位于第三预设区域内,则可以发送如下至少一种的第三提示信息,例如:若将该共享单车停放至第一预设区域时,则该共享设备的使用费用按第一预设区域所对应的第一计费策略计费;或者,若将该共享单车停放至第三预设区域时,则该共享设备的使用费用按第三预设区域所对应的第二计费策略计费。Just as an example, when a cycling user uses a shared bicycle, if it is determined that the location information of the shared bicycle is located in the third preset area, at least one of the following third prompt messages can be sent, for example: if the shared bicycle is parked When it reaches the first preset area, the usage fee of the shared device is charged according to the first charging policy corresponding to the first preset area; or, if the shared bicycle is parked in the third preset area, the The usage fee of the shared device is charged according to the second charging policy corresponding to the third preset area.
在一些实施例中,共享设备位于第三预设区域时的计费策略可以包括额外的调度费(例如,5元/每小时)。用户归还共享设备时,若将共享设备放置在预设归还区域之外的地方,则需要管理人员进一步对该共享设备进行调度,将其放置在预设归还区域内。仅作为示例,对于一共享单车,若骑行用户使用1小时,按第一计费策略进行计费时,其对应的使用费用可以为2元,而按第二计费策略进行计费时,其对应的使用费可以是7元,那么骑行用户根据第三提示信息在使用共享单车时,可以在第一程度上鼓励骑行用户将共享单车骑行停放至第一预设区域,从而可以规范用户使用行为,也方便管理人员对共享单车的管理。In some embodiments, the charging policy when the shared device is located in the third preset area may include an additional dispatch fee (for example, 5 yuan/hour). When the user returns the shared device, if the shared device is placed outside the preset return area, the manager needs to further schedule the shared device and place it in the preset return area. Just as an example, for a shared bicycle, if the cycling user uses it for 1 hour, the corresponding usage fee can be 2 yuan when the first charging strategy is used, and when the second charging strategy is used, the corresponding usage fee can be 2 yuan. The corresponding usage fee can be 7 yuan, so when using the shared bicycle according to the third prompt information, the riding user can encourage the riding user to park the shared bicycle to the first preset area for riding to the first extent. Standardize user behavior, and also facilitate the management of shared bicycles by managers.
需要说明的是,本说明书实施例中,并不对第一预设区域、第二预设区域以及第三预设区域的划分作任何限制,根据实际的应用区域,第一预设区域、第二预设区域以及第三预设区域可自行划分。此外,本说明书实施例中,并不限定获取共享设备的位置信息以及发送信息提示的时间。例如,可以是每隔预设时间进行获取和发送,也可以是当用户请求时,则进行获取和发送。It should be noted that in the embodiments of this specification, the division of the first preset area, the second preset area, and the third preset area is not restricted. According to the actual application area, the first preset area, the second preset area, and the second preset area are not limited. The preset area and the third preset area can be divided by itself. In addition, in the embodiments of this specification, the time for obtaining the location information of the shared device and sending the information prompt is not limited. For example, it may be obtained and sent every preset time, or it may be obtained and sent when the user requests it.
在一些实施例中,信息提示方式可以包括但不限于语音播报和/或文本显示等。In some embodiments, the information prompt manner may include, but is not limited to, voice broadcast and/or text display.
需要说明的是,当执行主体是服务器(如服务器110)时,共享设备可以先获取自己的位置信息然后发送给服务器,服务器在获取共享设备的位置信息后,若服务器判断共享设备的位置信息位于第一预设区域且满足第一预设条件、 或位于第二预设区域且满足第二预设条件、或位于第三预设区域时,可以向共享设备发送第一提示信息、或第二提示信息、或第三提示信息,共享设备再显示第一提示信息、或第二提示信息、或第三提示信息给用户。例如,共享设备自带显示屏幕时,用户通过该显示屏幕即可查看到相应的提示信息。或者,服务器也可以在确定共享设备的位置信息位于第一预设区域且满足第一预设条件、或位于第二预设区域且满足第二预设条件、或位于第三预设区域时,向服务请求方终端(例如,用户端130)发送第一提示信息、或第二提示信息、或第三提示信息,服务请求方终端再向用户显示第一提示消息、或第二提示信息、或第三提示信息,进而用户通过该服务请求方终端即可查看到相应的提示信息。在一些实施例中,服务器可以在接收到用户的服务请求时,获取共享设备的位置信息,并根据对位置信息与预设区域位置关系的判断结果,向服务请求端发送对应的提示信息。在一些实施例中,服务器可以接收到用户用车请求后,每隔预设时间(例如,每10分钟、每20分钟、每30分钟等)获取一次共享设备的位置信息,并根据对位置信息与预设区域位置关系的判断结果,向服务请求端发送对应的提示信息。It should be noted that when the execution subject is a server (such as server 110), the shared device can first obtain its own location information and then send it to the server. After the server obtains the location information of the shared device, if the server determines that the location information of the shared device is located When the first preset area meets the first preset condition, or is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset condition, or is located in the third preset area, the first prompt message or the second For the prompt information or the third prompt information, the shared device then displays the first prompt information, or the second prompt information, or the third prompt information to the user. For example, when the shared device has its own display screen, the user can view the corresponding prompt information through the display screen. Alternatively, the server may also determine that the location information of the shared device is located in the first preset area and satisfies the first preset condition, or is located in the second preset area and satisfies the second preset condition, or is located in the third preset area, Send the first prompt information, or the second prompt information, or the third prompt information to the service requester terminal (for example, the user terminal 130), and the service requester terminal then displays the first prompt message, or the second prompt information, or The third prompt information, and then the user can view the corresponding prompt information through the service requester terminal. In some embodiments, the server may obtain the location information of the shared device when receiving the user's service request, and send corresponding prompt information to the service requester according to the judgment result of the relationship between the location information and the location of the preset area. In some embodiments, the server may obtain the location information of the shared device every preset time (for example, every 10 minutes, every 20 minutes, every 30 minutes, etc.) after receiving the user’s request to use the car, and based on the location information The judgment result of the positional relationship with the preset area sends corresponding prompt information to the service requester.
当执行主体是共享设备时,共享设备可以获取其位置信息,若共享设备判断该位置信息位于第一预设区域且满足第一预设条件、或位于第二预设区域且满足第二预设条件、或位于第三预设区域时,则共享设备可以显示第一提示信息、或第二提示信息、或第三提示信息给骑行用户。或者,共享设备判断其位置信息位于第一预设区域且满足第一预设条件、或位于第二预设区域且满足第二预设条件、或位于第三预设区域时,可以通过服务器向服务请求方终端发送第一提示信息、或第二提示信息、或第三提示信息,进而服务请求方终端可以向用户显示第一提示信息、或第二提示信息、或第三提示信息。用户可以在共享设备或服务请求方终端的显示界面查看到相应的提示消息。也即,本说明书实施例中,并不限定上述方法的执行主体,根据实际的应用场景,可对应相应的执行主体。When the execution subject is a shared device, the shared device can obtain its location information. If the shared device determines that the location information is located in the first preset area and meets the first preset condition, or is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset When the condition or is located in the third preset area, the shared device may display the first prompt information, or the second prompt information, or the third prompt information to the riding user. Or, when the sharing device determines that its location information is located in the first preset area and meets the first preset condition, or is located in the second preset area and meets the second preset condition, or is located in the third preset area, it can send the information to the server through the server. The service requester terminal sends the first prompt information, or the second prompt information, or the third prompt information, and then the service requester terminal may display the first prompt information, or the second prompt information, or the third prompt information to the user. The user can view the corresponding prompt message on the display interface of the shared device or the terminal of the service requester. That is, in the embodiments of the present specification, the execution subject of the above method is not limited, and the corresponding execution subject can be corresponded according to the actual application scenario.
应当注意的是,上述有关流程1000的描述仅仅是为了示例和说明,而不限定本申请的适用范围。对于本领域技术人员来说,在本申请的指导下可以对流 程1000进行各种修正和改变。然而,这些修正和改变仍在本申请的范围之内。例如,步骤1020中,可以基于共享设备的使用指令和服务请求相关信息,预估用户目的地,在用户即将到达目的地时,获取共享设备的位置信息,基于该位置信息与第一预设区域、第二预设区域以及第三预设区域的位置关系,向用户发送相应的提示信息。It should be noted that the foregoing description of the process 1000 is only for example and description, and does not limit the scope of application of this application. For those skilled in the art, various modifications and changes can be made to the process 1000 under the guidance of this application. However, these amendments and changes are still within the scope of this application. For example, in step 1020, the user's destination may be estimated based on the use instruction and service request related information of the shared device, and the location information of the shared device may be obtained when the user is about to arrive at the destination, based on the location information and the first preset area , The positional relationship between the second preset area and the third preset area, and send corresponding prompt information to the user.
图14是根据本申请一些实施例所示的第一计费策略确定方法的示例性流程图。Fig. 14 is an exemplary flowchart of a method for determining a first charging policy according to some embodiments of the present application.
在一些实施例中,流程1100可以由处理设备(例如,图1所示的处理设备112)执行。例如,流程1100可以以程序或指令的形式存储在存储设备(例如,存储设备160或处理设备的存储单元)中,当处理器210或图4所示的模块执行程序或指令时,可以实现流程500。在一些实施例中,流程1100可以利用以下未描述的一个或以上附加操作,和/或不通过以下所讨论的一个或以上操作完成。另外,如图14所示的操作的顺序并非限制性的。可选地,第三提示新息包括第一计费策略时,如图14所示,流程1100可以包括以下步骤。In some embodiments, the process 1100 may be executed by a processing device (for example, the processing device 112 shown in FIG. 1). For example, the process 1100 may be stored in a storage device (for example, the storage device 160 or a storage unit of a processing device) in the form of a program or instruction. When the processor 210 or the module shown in FIG. 4 executes the program or instruction, the process may be implemented. 500. In some embodiments, the process 1100 may utilize one or more additional operations not described below, and/or not be completed by one or more operations discussed below. In addition, the order of operations shown in FIG. 14 is not restrictive. Optionally, when the third notification information includes the first charging policy, as shown in FIG. 14, the process 1100 may include the following steps.
步骤1110,获取共享设备的位置与第一预设区域边界位置点的最小距离。在一些实施例中,步骤1110可以由处理模块420或传输模块430执行。Step 1110: Obtain the minimum distance between the location of the shared device and the boundary location point of the first preset area. In some embodiments, step 1110 may be performed by the processing module 420 or the transmission module 430.
当共享设备的位置信息位于第三预设区域内时,可以获取共享设备的位置与第一预设区域边界点的最小距离。When the location information of the shared device is located in the third preset area, the minimum distance between the location of the shared device and the boundary point of the first preset area can be acquired.
步骤1120,根据所述最小距离、以及预设距离和计费策略的映射关系,确定所述最小距离对应的第一计费策略。在一些实施例中,步骤1120可以由处理模块420或传输模块430执行。Step 1120: Determine a first charging policy corresponding to the minimum distance according to the minimum distance and the mapping relationship between the preset distance and the charging policy. In some embodiments, step 1120 may be performed by the processing module 420 or the transmission module 430.
可选地,预设距离和计费策略可以包括如下的映射关系:例如,若某距离小于第一预设距离时,对应的计费策略可以是X 1元/每小时;大于第一预设距离,且小于第二预设距离时,对应的计费策略可以是X 2元/每小时;大于第二预设距离,且小于第三预设距离时,对应的计费策略可以是X 3元/每小时;大于第三预设距离时,对应的计费策略可以是X 4元/每小时。其中,第一预设距离<第二预 设距离<第三预设距离,X 1>X 2>X 3>X 4,也即,预设距离越远,对应的收费可以越优惠。基于此计费策略,在一定程度上,可以鼓励用户将共享设备放置至第一预设区域,从而可以规范用户使用行为,也方便管理人员对共享设备的管理。 Optionally, the preset distance and the charging policy may include the following mapping relationship: for example, if a certain distance is less than the first preset distance, the corresponding charging policy may be X 1 yuan/hour; greater than the first preset distance When the distance is less than the second preset distance, the corresponding charging policy can be X 2 yuan/hour; when the distance is greater than the second preset distance and less than the third preset distance, the corresponding charging policy can be X 3 Yuan/hour; when the distance is greater than the third preset distance, the corresponding charging strategy may be X 4 Yuan/hour. Wherein the first predetermined distance <predetermined second distance <the third predetermined distance, X 1> X 2> X 3> X 4, i.e., the predetermined distance, corresponding to the toy can be charged. Based on this charging strategy, to a certain extent, users can be encouraged to place shared devices in the first preset area, so that user behaviors can be regulated, and it is also convenient for managers to manage shared devices.
第三提示消息包括第一计费策略时,以共享单车为例,可以根据下述方法获取相应的第一计费策略:若判断共享单车的位置信息属于第三预设区域内的位置信息时,可以获取该位置信息与第一预设区域边界位置点的最小距离,那么获取到该最小距离之后,可以根据该最小距离,以及预设距离和计费策略的映射关系,通过判断该最小距离落在哪个预设距离范围内,即可确定最小距离对应的第一计费策略。例如,所述最小距离大于第一预设距离,且小于第二预设距离时,则对应的第一计费策略为X 2元/每小时。 When the third prompt message includes the first charging strategy, taking the shared bicycle as an example, the corresponding first charging strategy can be obtained according to the following method: if it is determined that the location information of the shared bicycle belongs to the location information in the third preset area , The minimum distance between the location information and the boundary location point of the first preset area can be obtained. After the minimum distance is obtained, the minimum distance can be determined according to the minimum distance and the mapping relationship between the preset distance and the charging strategy. Within the preset distance range, the first charging strategy corresponding to the minimum distance can be determined. For example, when the minimum distance is greater than the first preset distance and less than the second preset distance, the corresponding first charging policy is X 2 yuan/hour.
在一些实施例中,第一计费策略还可以包括用户行为对应的免费使用策略和/或优惠使用策略。例如,若某共享单车的位置信息位于第三预设区域,那么,若用户将该共享单车骑行、停至第一预设区域,可以对用户的该次骑行费用进行免费;或者,对该用户发放相应的骑行优惠劵,该骑行优惠劵可以是次数优惠劵(例如,两次五折优惠)或时间优惠劵(例如,1小时内免费)。免费使用策略和/或优惠使用策略可以根据实际的应用场景自行设置,本申请在此不作限定。在一些实施例中,根据实际的应用场景,可以对该次共享设备费用进行免费的同时,并发放优惠劵,本申请在此不作限定,从而激励用户可以将共享设备放置于第一预设区域。In some embodiments, the first charging policy may also include a free use policy and/or a preferential use policy corresponding to the user behavior. For example, if the location information of a shared bicycle is located in the third preset area, then if the user rides the shared bicycle and stops in the first preset area, the user’s ride fee can be free of charge; or The user issues a corresponding cycling coupon, which can be a frequency coupon (for example, a 50% discount for two times) or a time coupon (for example, free within 1 hour). The free use strategy and/or the preferential use strategy can be set according to actual application scenarios, and this application is not limited here. In some embodiments, according to actual application scenarios, the shared device fee can be free of charge and a discount coupon can be issued at the same time. This application is not limited here, so as to encourage users to place the shared device in the first preset area. .
仅作为示例,表一为本申请提供的一种共享单车的提示信息,如表一所示,可以根据共享单车的位置信息,发送相应的提示信息。例如,共享单车的当前位置信息与第一预设区域边界位置点的最小距离在3公里内,可以给出提示消息:“在停车区域边界,小心别骑出停车区域哦”,以提前提示用户,便于用户可以根据该提示信息调整使用区域、进而在放置共享单车时,可以将该共享单车规范地放置在停车区域内,达到规范用户行为的目的。Just as an example, Table 1 provides a kind of reminder information for shared bicycles in this application. As shown in Table 1, corresponding reminders can be sent based on the location information of the shared bicycle. For example, if the minimum distance between the current location information of the shared bicycle and the boundary location point of the first preset area is within 3 kilometers, a prompt message can be given: "At the boundary of the parking area, be careful not to ride out of the parking area" to remind the user in advance , So that the user can adjust the use area according to the prompt information, and then when placing the shared bicycle, the shared bicycle can be placed in the parking area in a standardized manner to achieve the purpose of regulating user behavior.
表一Table I
Figure PCTCN2020139958-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020139958-appb-000001
应当注意的是,上述有关流程1100的描述仅仅是为了示例和说明,而不限定本申请的适用范围。对于本领域技术人员来说,在本申请的指导下可以对流程1100进行各种修正和改变。然而,这些修正和改变仍在本申请的范围之内。It should be noted that the foregoing description of the process 1100 is only for example and description, and does not limit the scope of application of this application. For those skilled in the art, various modifications and changes can be made to the process 1100 under the guidance of this application. However, these amendments and changes are still within the scope of this application.
需要说明的是,不同实施例可能产生的有益效果不同,在不同的实施例里,可能产生的有益效果可以是以上任意一种或几种的组合,也可以是其他任何可能获得的有益效果。It should be noted that different embodiments may have different beneficial effects. In different embodiments, the possible beneficial effects may be any one or a combination of the above, or any other beneficial effects that may be obtained.
上文已对基本概念做了描述,显然,对于本领域技术人员来说,上述详细披露仅仅作为示例,而并不构成对本说明书的限定。虽然此处并没有明确说明,本领域技术人员可能会对本说明书进行各种修改、改进和修正。该类修改、改进和修正在本说明书中被建议,所以该类修改、改进、修正仍属于本说明书示范实施例的精神和范围。The basic concepts have been described above. Obviously, for those skilled in the art, the above detailed disclosure is only an example, and does not constitute a limitation to this specification. Although it is not explicitly stated here, those skilled in the art may make various modifications, improvements and amendments to this specification. Such modifications, improvements, and corrections are suggested in this specification, so such modifications, improvements, and corrections still belong to the spirit and scope of the exemplary embodiments of this specification.
同时,本说明书使用了特定词语来描述本说明书的实施例。如“一个实施例”、“一实施例”、和/或“一些实施例”意指与本说明书至少一个实施例相关的某 一特征、结构或特点。因此,应强调并注意的是,本说明书中在不同位置两次或多次提及的“一实施例”或“一个实施例”或“一个替代性实施例”并不一定是指同一实施例。此外,本说明书的一个或多个实施例中的某些特征、结构或特点可以进行适当的组合。Meanwhile, this specification uses specific words to describe the embodiments of this specification. For example, "one embodiment", "an embodiment", and/or "some embodiments" mean a certain feature, structure, or characteristic related to at least one embodiment of this specification. Therefore, it should be emphasized and noted that “one embodiment” or “one embodiment” or “an alternative embodiment” mentioned twice or more in different positions in this specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. . In addition, some features, structures, or characteristics in one or more embodiments of this specification can be appropriately combined.
此外,除非权利要求中明确说明,本说明书所述处理元素和序列的顺序、数字字母的使用、或其他名称的使用,并非用于限定本说明书流程和方法的顺序。尽管上述披露中通过各种示例讨论了一些目前认为有用的发明实施例,但应当理解的是,该类细节仅起到说明的目的,附加的权利要求并不仅限于披露的实施例,相反,权利要求旨在覆盖所有符合本说明书实施例实质和范围的修正和等价组合。例如,虽然以上所描述的系统组件可以通过硬件设备实现,但是也可以只通过软件的解决方案得以实现,如在现有的服务器或移动设备上安装所描述的系统。In addition, unless explicitly stated in the claims, the order of processing elements and sequences, the use of numbers and letters, or the use of other names described in this specification are not used to limit the order of processes and methods in this specification. Although the foregoing disclosure uses various examples to discuss some embodiments of the invention that are currently considered useful, it should be understood that such details are only for illustrative purposes, and the appended claims are not limited to the disclosed embodiments. On the contrary, the rights are The requirements are intended to cover all modifications and equivalent combinations that conform to the essence and scope of the embodiments of this specification. For example, although the system components described above can be implemented by hardware devices, they can also be implemented only by software solutions, such as installing the described system on an existing server or mobile device.
同理,应当注意的是,为了简化本说明书披露的表述,从而帮助对一个或多个发明实施例的理解,前文对本说明书实施例的描述中,有时会将多种特征归并至一个实施例、附图或对其的描述中。但是,这种披露方法并不意味着本说明书对象所需要的特征比权利要求中提及的特征多。实际上,实施例的特征要少于上述披露的单个实施例的全部特征。For the same reason, it should be noted that, in order to simplify the expressions disclosed in this specification and help the understanding of one or more embodiments of the invention, in the foregoing description of the embodiments of this specification, multiple features are sometimes combined into one embodiment. In the drawings or its description. However, this method of disclosure does not mean that the subject of the specification requires more features than those mentioned in the claims. In fact, the features of the embodiment are less than all the features of the single embodiment disclosed above.
一些实施例中使用了描述成分、属性数量的数字,应当理解的是,此类用于实施例描述的数字,在一些示例中使用了修饰词“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”来修饰。除非另外说明,“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”表明所述数字允许有±20%的变化。相应地,在一些实施例中,说明书和权利要求中使用的数值参数均为近似值,该近似值根据个别实施例所需特点可以发生改变。在一些实施例中,数值参数应考虑规定的有效数位并采用一般位数保留的方法。尽管本说明书一些实施例中用于确认其范围广度的数值域和参数为近似值,在具体实施例中,此类数值的设定在可行范围内尽可能精确。In some embodiments, numbers describing the number of ingredients and attributes are used. It should be understood that such numbers used in the description of the embodiments use the modifier "about", "approximately" or "substantially" in some examples. Retouch. Unless otherwise stated, "approximately", "approximately" or "substantially" indicates that the number is allowed to vary by ±20%. Correspondingly, in some embodiments, the numerical parameters used in the specification and claims are approximate values, and the approximate values can be changed according to the required characteristics of individual embodiments. In some embodiments, the numerical parameter should consider the prescribed effective digits and adopt the method of general digit retention. Although the numerical ranges and parameters used to confirm the breadth of the ranges in some embodiments of this specification are approximate values, in specific embodiments, the setting of such numerical values is as accurate as possible within the feasible range.
针对本说明书引用的每个专利、专利申请、专利申请公开物和其他材料, 如文章、书籍、说明书、出版物、文档等,特此将其全部内容并入本说明书作为参考。与本说明书内容不一致或产生冲突的申请历史文件除外,对本说明书权利要求最广范围有限制的文件(当前或之后附加于本说明书中的)也除外。需要说明的是,如果本说明书附属材料中的描述、定义、和/或术语的使用与本说明书所述内容有不一致或冲突的地方,以本说明书的描述、定义和/或术语的使用为准。For each patent, patent application, patent application publication and other materials cited in this specification, such as articles, books, specifications, publications, documents, etc., the entire contents are hereby incorporated into this specification as a reference. The application history documents that are inconsistent or conflict with the content of this specification are excluded, and the documents that restrict the broadest scope of the claims of this specification (currently or later appended to this specification) are also excluded. It should be noted that if there is any inconsistency or conflict between the description, definition, and/or use of terms in the accompanying materials of this manual and the content of this manual, the description, definition and/or use of terms in this manual shall prevail. .
最后,应当理解的是,本说明书中所述实施例仅用以说明本说明书实施例的原则。其他的变形也可能属于本说明书的范围。因此,作为示例而非限制,本说明书实施例的替代配置可视为与本说明书的教导一致。相应地,本说明书的实施例不仅限于本说明书明确介绍和描述的实施例。Finally, it should be understood that the embodiments described in this specification are only used to illustrate the principles of the embodiments of this specification. Other variations may also fall within the scope of this specification. Therefore, as an example and not a limitation, the alternative configuration of the embodiment of the present specification can be regarded as consistent with the teaching of the present specification. Accordingly, the embodiments of this specification are not limited to the embodiments explicitly introduced and described in this specification.

Claims (46)

  1. 一种共享设备的预设区域定位方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for locating a preset area of a shared device, which is characterized in that it includes:
    获取共享设备的信号信息;Obtain the signal information of the shared device;
    至少基于所述信号信息,通过预设算法确定所述共享设备是否位于预设归还区域内;At least based on the signal information, determine whether the shared device is located in a preset return area through a preset algorithm;
    响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内,允许所述共享设备归还。In response to the sharing device being located in the preset return area, allowing the sharing device to return.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号信息包括所述共享设备的无线信号信息;The method according to claim 1, wherein the signal information includes wireless signal information of the shared device;
    所述至少基于所述信号信息,通过所述预设算法确定所述共享设备是否位于所述预设归还区域内包括:The determining, based at least on the signal information, by the preset algorithm whether the shared device is located in the preset return area includes:
    将所述共享设备的无线信号信息输入第一学习模型,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内的概率;Input the wireless signal information of the shared device into the first learning model, and determine the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area;
    响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内的概率大于第一预设阈值,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内。In response to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is greater than a first preset threshold, it is determined that the shared device is located in the preset return area.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无线信号信息包括wifi信号信息;The method according to claim 2, wherein the wireless signal information includes wifi signal information;
    所述获取所述共享设备的所述信号信息包括:The acquiring the signal information of the shared device includes:
    接收所述共享设备的无线模块扫描得到的wifi信号列表,所述wifi信号列表包括:wifi信号名称以及对应的wifi信号强度。Receive a wifi signal list scanned by the wireless module of the shared device, where the wifi signal list includes: wifi signal names and corresponding wifi signal strengths.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一学习模型通过以下方法获得:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first learning model is obtained by the following method:
    构建训练数据集,所述训练数据集包括:多个和所述共享设备相同的第一共享设备在所述预设归还区域内归还时所采集到的无线信号信息,多个和所述共享设备相同的第二共享设备未在所述预设归还区域内归还时所采集到的无线信号信息;Construct a training data set, the training data set includes: wireless signal information collected when a plurality of first shared devices that are the same as the shared device are returned in the preset return area, and a plurality of and the shared device Wireless signal information collected when the same second shared device is not returned in the preset return area;
    对所述训练数据集中的数据进行特征提取,得到第一特征信息;Performing feature extraction on the data in the training data set to obtain first feature information;
    将所述第一特征信息输入初始学习模型进行迭代训练,得到所述第一学习模型。The first feature information is input into an initial learning model to perform iterative training to obtain the first learning model.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内的概率不大于所述第一预设阈值,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域外;以及In response to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold, determining that the shared device is located outside the preset return area; and
    向所述共享设备对应的用户发送提醒信息,以提示所述用户重新寻找归还区域。Send reminder information to the user corresponding to the sharing device to prompt the user to search for the return area again.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    获取所述共享设备的GPS信号信息;Acquiring GPS signal information of the shared device;
    响应于所述GPS信号信息的信号强度大于第二预设阈值,向所述用户发送归还区域推荐信息。In response to the signal strength of the GPS signal information being greater than a second preset threshold, sending return area recommendation information to the user.
  7. 根据权利要求2-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-6, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述共享设备的归还反馈,所述归还反馈包括:在所述预设归还区域内无法归还共享设备、所述无线信号信息获取失败;Receiving return feedback of the shared device, where the return feedback includes: the shared device cannot be returned within the preset return area, and the wireless signal information acquisition fails;
    对所述归还反馈进行审核,若审核通过,则记录所述共享设备的编号和位置信息。The return feedback is reviewed, and if the review is passed, the number and location information of the shared device are recorded.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    向管理人员的终端发送所述共享设备的所述编号和所述位置信息,以使得所述管理人员对所述共享设备进行维护。Send the number and the location information of the shared device to the terminal of the manager, so that the manager can maintain the shared device.
  9. 根据权利要求2-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-8, wherein the method further comprises:
    响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内的概率不大于所述第一预设阈值,且收到了共享设备归还成功信息,则记录所述共享设备的用户的错误归还次数自增1;以及In response to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold, and the return success message of the shared device is received, the number of incorrect returns of the user of the shared device is recorded and incremented by 1 ;as well as
    根据所述错误归还次数,确定所述用户下一次使用所述共享设备或同类共享设备的价格。According to the error return times, the price of the next shared device or similar shared device used by the user is determined.
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信号信息包括所述共享设备的位置信息;The method according to claim 1, wherein the signal information includes location information of the shared device;
    所述至少基于所述信号信息,通过所述预设算法确定所述共享设备是否位于所述预设归还区域内,包括:The determining whether the shared device is located in the preset return area at least based on the signal information by the preset algorithm includes:
    获取所述共享设备的位置信息对应的预设归还区域的第二特征信息;Acquiring the second characteristic information of the preset return area corresponding to the location information of the shared device;
    至少根据所述第二特征信息,通过第二学习模型确定所述预设归还区域的冗余值;Determine the redundancy value of the preset return area through a second learning model at least according to the second characteristic information;
    根据所述冗余值和所述预设归还区域,确定所述共享设备是否位于所述预设归还区域内。According to the redundancy value and the preset return area, determine whether the shared device is located in the preset return area.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二学习模型通过以下方式获得:The method according to claim 10, wherein the second learning model is obtained in the following manner:
    获取样本归还区域的第二特征信息;Acquiring the second characteristic information of the sample return area;
    根据所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值;Determine the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area;
    根据所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息以及所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值,进行模型训练,得到所述第二学习模型。Model training is performed according to the second feature information of the sample return area and the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area to obtain the second learning model.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述样本归还区域的所述第二特征信息包括:归还区域的路况信息和共享设备信息;The method according to claim 11, wherein the second characteristic information of the sample return area comprises: road condition information and shared device information of the return area;
    所述根据所述样本归还区域的所述第二特征信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值,包括:The determining the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area includes:
    根据所述样本归还区域的所述路况信息和所述共享设备信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值。Determine the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the road condition information and the shared device information of the sample return area.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述归还区域的路况信息包括如下至少一种信息:所述归还区域的道路宽度、所述归还区域距离预设范围内的住宅区面积占比、所述归还区域距离最近的商业区的距离、所述归还区域内的历史人流量信息、所述归还区域的位置特征;The method according to claim 12, wherein the road condition information of the return area includes at least one of the following information: the road width of the return area, and the proportion of the residential area within a preset range from the return area , The distance between the return area and the nearest commercial area, the historical traffic information in the return area, and the location characteristics of the return area;
    所述归还区域的共享设备信息包括如下至少一种信息:所述归还区域的共享设备数量、所述归还区域的共享设备流出信息、所述归还区域的共享设备流入信息。The shared device information of the return area includes at least one of the following information: the number of shared devices in the return area, the outflow information of shared devices in the return area, and the inflow information of shared devices in the return area.
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述样本归还区域的所述 第二特征信息包括所述归还区域的交通管控信息;The method according to claim 11, wherein the second characteristic information of the sample return area includes traffic control information of the return area;
    所述根据所述样本归还区域的所述第二特征信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值,包括:The determining the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area includes:
    根据所述样本归还区域的交通管控信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的最大冗余值;Determine the maximum redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the traffic control information of the sample return area;
    根据所述最大冗余值,对初始冗余值进行调节,得到所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值,所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值小于或等于所述最大冗余值。According to the maximum redundancy value, the initial redundancy value is adjusted to obtain the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area, and the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area is less than or equal to the maximum redundancy value.
  15. 根据权利要求10-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述冗余值和所述预设归还区域,确定所述共享设备是否位于所述预设归还区域内,包括:The method according to any one of claims 10-14, wherein the determining whether the shared device is located in the preset return area according to the redundancy value and the preset return area, include:
    获取所述共享设备对应的用户信息;Acquiring user information corresponding to the shared device;
    根据所述用户信息对所述预设归还区域对应的冗余值进行调整,得到调整后的冗余值;Adjusting the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area according to the user information to obtain the adjusted redundancy value;
    根据所述调整后的冗余值和所述预设归还区域,确定目标归还区域;Determine the target return area according to the adjusted redundancy value and the preset return area;
    响应于所述共享设备的位置在所述目标归还区域内,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内。In response to the location of the shared device being within the target return area, it is determined that the shared device is located within the preset return area.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户信息包括:用户的信用信息,和/或用户的历史订单信息。The method according to claim 15, wherein the user information comprises: the user's credit information, and/or the user's historical order information.
  17. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    基于所述共享设备与预设区域的位置关系,向所述共享设备对应的用户发送信息提示。Based on the positional relationship between the shared device and the preset area, an information prompt is sent to the user corresponding to the shared device.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信息提示反映所述共享设备与所述预设区域的位置关系和/或所述共享设备的计费策略。The method according to claim 17, wherein the information prompt reflects the location relationship between the shared device and the preset area and/or the charging policy of the shared device.
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述共享设备与所述预设区域的位置关系,向所述共享设备对应的用户发送信息提示,包括:The method according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the sending an information prompt to a user corresponding to the sharing device based on the positional relationship between the sharing device and the preset area comprises:
    若所述共享设备位于第一预设区域且满足第一预设条件,则向所述用户发送第一提示信息;If the shared device is located in the first preset area and meets the first preset condition, sending first prompt information to the user;
    若所述共享设备位于第二预设区域且满足第二预设条件,则向所述用户发送第二提示信息;If the shared device is located in a second preset area and meets a second preset condition, sending second prompt information to the user;
    若所述共享设备位于第三预设区域,则向所述用户发送第三提示信息;If the shared device is located in the third preset area, sending third prompt information to the user;
    其中,所述第一预设区域为所述预设归还区域,所述第二预设区域为禁止放置共享设备的区域,所述第三预设区域为所述第一预设区域和所述第二预设区域之外的区域。Wherein, the first preset area is the preset return area, the second preset area is an area where sharing devices are prohibited from being placed, and the third preset area is the first preset area and the The area outside the second preset area.
  20. 根据权利要求17-19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述信息提示包括下述至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 17-19, wherein the information prompt comprises at least one of the following:
    所述共享设备的第一计费策略,所述第一计费策略指示所述共享设备位于所述第一预设区域时的计费策略;A first charging policy of the shared device, where the first charging policy indicates a charging policy when the shared device is located in the first preset area;
    所述共享设备的第二计费策略,所述第二计费策略指示所述共享设备位于所述第三预设区域时的计费策略。The second charging policy of the shared device, where the second charging policy indicates a charging policy when the shared device is located in the third preset area.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三提示信息包括所述第一计费策略时,所述第一计费策略通过以下方式确定:The method according to claim 20, wherein when the third prompt information includes the first charging policy, the first charging policy is determined in the following manner:
    获取所述共享设备的位置与所述第一预设区域边界位置点的最小距离;Acquiring the minimum distance between the location of the shared device and the boundary location point of the first preset area;
    根据所述最小距离、以及预设距离和计费策略的映射关系,确定所述最小距离对应的第一计费策略。According to the minimum distance and the mapping relationship between the preset distance and the charging strategy, the first charging strategy corresponding to the minimum distance is determined.
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一计费策略包括用户行为对应的免费使用策略和/或优惠使用策略。The method according to claim 20, wherein the first charging policy comprises a free use policy and/or a preferential use policy corresponding to the user behavior.
  23. 一种共享设备的预设区域定位系统,其特征在于,包括:A preset area positioning system for shared equipment, which is characterized in that it comprises:
    获取模块,用于获取共享设备的信号信息;The acquisition module is used to acquire the signal information of the shared device;
    处理模块,用于至少基于所述信号信息,通过预设算法确定所述共享设备是否位于预设归还区域内;A processing module, configured to determine whether the shared device is located in a preset return area based on at least the signal information and through a preset algorithm;
    传输模块,用于响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内,允许所述共享设备归还。The transmission module is configured to allow the shared device to be returned in response to the shared device being located in the preset return area.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的系统,其特征在于,所述信号信息包括所述共享设备的无线信号信息;The system according to claim 23, wherein the signal information includes wireless signal information of the shared device;
    所述处理模块包括判断单元,所述判断单元用于:The processing module includes a judging unit, and the judging unit is configured to:
    将所述共享设备的无线信号信息输入第一学习模型,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内的概率;Input the wireless signal information of the shared device into the first learning model, and determine the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area;
    响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内的概率大于第一预设阈值,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内。In response to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is greater than a first preset threshold, it is determined that the shared device is located in the preset return area.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的系统,其特征在于,所述无线信号信息包括wifi 信号信息;The system according to claim 24, wherein the wireless signal information includes wifi signal information;
    所述获取模块还用于:The acquisition module is also used for:
    接收所述共享设备的无线模块扫描得到的wifi信号列表,所述wifi信号列表包括:wifi信号名称以及对应的wifi信号强度。Receive a wifi signal list scanned by the wireless module of the shared device, where the wifi signal list includes: wifi signal names and corresponding wifi signal strengths.
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的系统,其特征在于,所述系统还包括训练模块,所述训练模块用于:The system according to claim 24, wherein the system further comprises a training module, and the training module is configured to:
    构建训练数据集,所述训练数据集包括:多个和所述共享设备相同的第一共享设备在所述预设归还区域内归还时所采集到的无线信号信息,多个和所述共享设备相同的第二共享设备未在所述预设归还区域内归还时所采集到的无线信号信息;Construct a training data set, the training data set includes: wireless signal information collected when a plurality of first shared devices that are the same as the shared device are returned in the preset return area, and a plurality of and the shared device Wireless signal information collected when the same second shared device is not returned in the preset return area;
    对所述训练数据集中的数据进行特征提取,得到第一特征信息;Performing feature extraction on the data in the training data set to obtain first feature information;
    将所述第一特征信息输入初始学习模型进行迭代训练,得到所述第一学习模型。The first feature information is input into an initial learning model to perform iterative training to obtain the first learning model.
  27. 根据权利要求24所述的系统,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The system according to claim 24, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
    响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内的概率不大于所述第一预设阈值,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域外;以及In response to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold, determining that the shared device is located outside the preset return area; and
    向所述共享设备对应的用户发送提醒信息,以提示所述用户重新寻找归还区域。Send reminder information to the user corresponding to the sharing device to prompt the user to search for the return area again.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的系统,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The system according to claim 27, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
    获取所述共享设备的GPS信号信息;Acquiring GPS signal information of the shared device;
    响应于所述GPS信号信息的信号强度大于第二预设阈值,向所述用户发送归还区域推荐信息。In response to the signal strength of the GPS signal information being greater than a second preset threshold, sending return area recommendation information to the user.
  29. 根据权利要求24-28中任一项所述的系统,其特征在于,所述处理模块还包括记录单元,所述记录单元用于:The system according to any one of claims 24-28, wherein the processing module further comprises a recording unit, and the recording unit is configured to:
    接收所述共享设备的归还反馈,所述归还反馈包括:在所述预设归还区域内无法归还共享设备、所述无线信号信息获取失败;Receiving return feedback of the shared device, where the return feedback includes: the shared device cannot be returned within the preset return area, and the wireless signal information acquisition fails;
    对所述归还反馈进行审核,若审核通过,则记录所述共享设备的编号和位置信息。The return feedback is reviewed, and if the review is passed, the number and location information of the shared device are recorded.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的系统,其特征在于,所述传输模块还用于:The system according to claim 29, wherein the transmission module is further configured to:
    向管理人员的终端发送所述共享设备的所述编号和所述位置信息,以使得所述管理人员对所述共享设备进行维护。Send the number and the location information of the shared device to the terminal of the manager, so that the manager can maintain the shared device.
  31. 根据权利要求24-30中任一项所述的系统,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The system according to any one of claims 24-30, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
    响应于所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内的概率不大于所述第一预设阈值,且收到了共享设备归还成功信息,则记录所述共享设备的用户的错误归还次数自增1;以及In response to the probability that the shared device is located in the preset return area is not greater than the first preset threshold, and the return success message of the shared device is received, the number of incorrect returns of the user of the shared device is recorded and incremented by 1 ;as well as
    根据所述错误归还次数,确定所述用户下一次使用所述共享设备或同类共享设备的价格。According to the error return times, the price of the next shared device or similar shared device used by the user is determined.
  32. 根据权利要求23所述的系统,其特征在于,所述信号信息包括所述共享设备的位置信息;The system according to claim 23, wherein the signal information includes location information of the shared device;
    所述处理模块包括计算单元,所述计算单元用于:The processing module includes a calculation unit, and the calculation unit is configured to:
    获取所述共享设备的位置信息对应的预设归还区域的第二特征信息;Acquiring the second characteristic information of the preset return area corresponding to the location information of the shared device;
    至少根据所述第二特征信息,通过第二学习模型确定所述预设归还区域的冗余值;Determine the redundancy value of the preset return area through a second learning model at least according to the second characteristic information;
    根据所述冗余值和所述预设归还区域,确定所述共享设备是否位于所述预设归还区域内。According to the redundancy value and the preset return area, determine whether the shared device is located in the preset return area.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的系统,其特征在于,所述系统包括训练模块,所述训练模块用于:The system according to claim 32, wherein the system comprises a training module, and the training module is configured to:
    获取样本归还区域的第二特征信息;Acquiring the second characteristic information of the sample return area;
    根据所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值;Determine the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the second characteristic information of the sample return area;
    根据所述样本归还区域的第二特征信息以及所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值,进行模型训练,得到所述第二学习模型。Model training is performed according to the second feature information of the sample return area and the redundant value corresponding to the sample return area to obtain the second learning model.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的系统,其特征在于,所述样本归还区域的所述第二特征信息包括:归还区域的路况信息和共享设备信息;The system according to claim 33, wherein the second characteristic information of the sample return area includes: road condition information and shared device information of the return area;
    所述训练模块用于:The training module is used for:
    根据所述样本归还区域的所述路况信息和所述共享设备信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值。Determine the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the road condition information and the shared device information of the sample return area.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的系统,其特征在于,所述归还区域的路况信息包括如下至少一种信息:所述归还区域的道路宽度、所述归还区域距离预设范围内的住宅区面积占比、所述归还区域距离最近的商业区的距离、所述归还区域内 的历史人流量信息、所述归还区域的位置特征;The system according to claim 34, wherein the road condition information of the return area includes at least one of the following information: the road width of the return area, and the proportion of the residential area within a preset range from the return area , The distance between the return area and the nearest commercial area, the historical traffic information in the return area, and the location characteristics of the return area;
    所述归还区域的共享设备信息包括如下至少一种信息:所述归还区域的共享设备数量、所述归还区域的共享设备流出信息、所述归还区域的共享设备流入信息。The shared device information of the return area includes at least one of the following information: the number of shared devices in the return area, the outflow information of shared devices in the return area, and the inflow information of shared devices in the return area.
  36. 根据权利要求33所述的系统,其特征在于,所述样本归还区域的所述第二特征信息包括所述归还区域的交通管控信息;The system according to claim 33, wherein the second characteristic information of the sample return area includes traffic control information of the return area;
    所述训练模块用于:The training module is used for:
    根据所述样本归还区域的交通管控信息,确定所述样本归还区域对应的最大冗余值;Determine the maximum redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area according to the traffic control information of the sample return area;
    根据所述最大冗余值,对初始冗余值进行调节,得到所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值,所述样本归还区域对应的冗余值小于或等于所述最大冗余值。According to the maximum redundancy value, the initial redundancy value is adjusted to obtain the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area, and the redundancy value corresponding to the sample return area is less than or equal to the maximum redundancy value.
  37. 根据权利要求32-36中任一项所述的系统,其特征在于,所述计算单元还用于:The system according to any one of claims 32-36, wherein the calculation unit is further configured to:
    获取所述共享设备对应的用户信息;Acquiring user information corresponding to the shared device;
    根据所述用户信息对所述预设归还区域对应的冗余值进行调整,得到调整后的冗余值;Adjusting the redundancy value corresponding to the preset return area according to the user information to obtain the adjusted redundancy value;
    根据所述调整后的冗余值和所述预设归还区域,确定目标归还区域;Determine the target return area according to the adjusted redundancy value and the preset return area;
    响应于所述共享设备的位置在所述目标归还区域内,确定所述共享设备位于所述预设归还区域内。In response to the location of the shared device being within the target return area, it is determined that the shared device is located within the preset return area.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的系统,其特征在于,所述用户信息包括:用户的信用信息,和/或用户的历史订单信息。The system according to claim 37, wherein the user information includes: the user's credit information, and/or the user's historical order information.
  39. 根据权利要求23所述的系统,其特征在于,所述传输模块还用于:The system according to claim 23, wherein the transmission module is further used for:
    基于所述共享设备与预设区域的位置关系,向所述共享设备对应的用户发送信息提示。Based on the positional relationship between the shared device and the preset area, an information prompt is sent to the user corresponding to the shared device.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的系统,其特征在于,所述信息提示反映所述共享设备与所述预设区域的位置关系和/或所述共享设备的计费策略。The system according to claim 39, wherein the information prompt reflects the location relationship between the shared device and the preset area and/or the charging policy of the shared device.
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的系统,其特征在于,所述传输模块进一步包括:The system according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the transmission module further comprises:
    第一发送单元,用于当所述共享设备位于第一预设区域且满足第一预设条件时,向所述用户发送第一提示信息;The first sending unit is configured to send first prompt information to the user when the shared device is located in a first preset area and meets a first preset condition;
    第二发送单元,用于当所述共享设备位于第二预设区域且满足第二预设条件时,向所述用户发送第二提示信息;A second sending unit, configured to send second prompt information to the user when the shared device is located in a second preset area and meets a second preset condition;
    第三发送单元,用于当所述共享设备位于第三预设区域时,向所述用户发送第三提示信息;The third sending unit is configured to send third prompt information to the user when the shared device is located in the third preset area;
    其中,所述第一预设区域为所述预设归还区域,所述第二预设区域为禁止放置共享设备的区域,所述第三预设区域为所述第一预设区域和所述第二预设区域之外的区域。Wherein, the first preset area is the preset return area, the second preset area is an area where sharing devices are prohibited from being placed, and the third preset area is the first preset area and the The area outside the second preset area.
  42. 根据权利要求39-41中任一项所述的系统,其特征在于,所述信息提示包括下述至少一种:The system according to any one of claims 39-41, wherein the information prompt comprises at least one of the following:
    所述共享设备的第一计费策略,所述第一计费策略指示所述共享设备位于所述第一预设区域时的计费策略;A first charging policy of the shared device, where the first charging policy indicates a charging policy when the shared device is located in the first preset area;
    所述共享设备的第二计费策略,所述第二计费策略指示所述共享设备位于所述第三预设区域时的计费策略。The second charging policy of the shared device, where the second charging policy indicates a charging policy when the shared device is located in the third preset area.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的系统,其特征在于,所述第三提示信息包括所述第一计费策略时,所述第一计费策略通过以下方式确定:The system according to claim 42, wherein when the third prompt information includes the first charging policy, the first charging policy is determined in the following manner:
    获取所述共享设备的位置与所述第一预设区域边界位置点的最小距离;Acquiring the minimum distance between the location of the shared device and the boundary location point of the first preset area;
    根据所述最小距离、以及预设距离和计费策略的映射关系,确定所述最小距离对应的第一计费策略。According to the minimum distance and the mapping relationship between the preset distance and the charging strategy, the first charging strategy corresponding to the minimum distance is determined.
  44. 根据权利要求42所述的系统,其特征在于,所述第一计费策略包括用户行为对应的免费使用策略和/或优惠使用策略。The system according to claim 42, wherein the first charging policy includes a free use policy and/or a preferential use policy corresponding to the user behavior.
  45. 一种共享设备的预设区域定位装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括至少一个处理器以及至少一个存储器;A device for locating a preset area of shared equipment, wherein the device includes at least one processor and at least one memory;
    所述至少一个存储器用于存储计算机指令;The at least one memory is used to store computer instructions;
    所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述计算机指令中的至少部分指令以实现如权利要求1-22中任一项所述的方法。The at least one processor is configured to execute at least part of the computer instructions to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-22.
  46. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质存储计算机指令,当所述计算机指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1-22中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed by a processor, the method according to any one of claims 1-22 is implemented.
PCT/CN2020/139958 2019-12-31 2020-12-28 Method and system for positioning preset region of shared device WO2021136147A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201911408189.7 2019-12-31
CN201911420057.6 2019-12-31
CN201911420057.6A CN111861829A (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Prompting method and device based on shared equipment, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN201911408189.7A CN111867052B (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Vehicle parking spot positioning method and device and service platform
CN201911414835.0 2019-12-31
CN201911414835.0A CN111862473B (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Vehicle returning information processing method, device, equipment and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021136147A1 true WO2021136147A1 (en) 2021-07-08

Family

ID=76687049

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/139958 WO2021136147A1 (en) 2019-12-31 2020-12-28 Method and system for positioning preset region of shared device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021136147A1 (en)

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030210806A1 (en) * 2002-05-07 2003-11-13 Hitachi, Ltd. Navigational information service with image capturing and sharing
CN105513216A (en) * 2016-01-29 2016-04-20 汤峰 Bicycle borrowing and returning system and bicycle borrowing and returning method
CN108198122A (en) * 2018-02-07 2018-06-22 东峡大通(北京)管理咨询有限公司 Parking process method, server, terminal and the machine readable storage medium of vehicle
CN109637115A (en) * 2018-11-27 2019-04-16 厦门华方软件科技有限公司 Electronic fence and electronic fence system
CN110022524A (en) * 2019-02-27 2019-07-16 山东开创云软件有限公司 A kind of the real-time electronic fence calculation method and device of shared automobile
CN110428555A (en) * 2019-07-01 2019-11-08 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 Shared charging equipment gives back method and device
CN111867052A (en) * 2019-12-31 2020-10-30 北京骑胜科技有限公司 Vehicle parking spot positioning method and device and service platform
CN111861829A (en) * 2019-12-31 2020-10-30 北京骑胜科技有限公司 Prompting method and device based on shared equipment, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN111862473A (en) * 2019-12-31 2020-10-30 北京骑胜科技有限公司 Vehicle returning information processing method, device, equipment and storage medium

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030210806A1 (en) * 2002-05-07 2003-11-13 Hitachi, Ltd. Navigational information service with image capturing and sharing
CN105513216A (en) * 2016-01-29 2016-04-20 汤峰 Bicycle borrowing and returning system and bicycle borrowing and returning method
CN108198122A (en) * 2018-02-07 2018-06-22 东峡大通(北京)管理咨询有限公司 Parking process method, server, terminal and the machine readable storage medium of vehicle
CN109637115A (en) * 2018-11-27 2019-04-16 厦门华方软件科技有限公司 Electronic fence and electronic fence system
CN110022524A (en) * 2019-02-27 2019-07-16 山东开创云软件有限公司 A kind of the real-time electronic fence calculation method and device of shared automobile
CN110428555A (en) * 2019-07-01 2019-11-08 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 Shared charging equipment gives back method and device
CN111867052A (en) * 2019-12-31 2020-10-30 北京骑胜科技有限公司 Vehicle parking spot positioning method and device and service platform
CN111861829A (en) * 2019-12-31 2020-10-30 北京骑胜科技有限公司 Prompting method and device based on shared equipment, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN111862473A (en) * 2019-12-31 2020-10-30 北京骑胜科技有限公司 Vehicle returning information processing method, device, equipment and storage medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11156470B2 (en) Methods and systems for providing information for an on-demand service
EP3258430A1 (en) Transport capacity scheduling method and system
US20190171943A1 (en) Automatic generation of human-understandable geospatial descriptors
US20190329788A1 (en) Road condition status prediction method, device, and server, and storage medium
KR20180006876A (en) Systems and methods for order mating
US20110246404A1 (en) Method for Allocating Trip Sharing
JP2018509722A (en) Method and system for pushing orders
BR112016024779B1 (en) SERVICE PROVISION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD
WO2021052451A1 (en) Method and system for determining estimated time of arrival
CN104160440A (en) Automatic input signal recognition using location based language modeling
US11741565B1 (en) Method, internet of things system and storage medium of public transport management in a smart urban
CN112418518A (en) Passenger flow prediction method and device based on time characteristic weight and network topology
Wang et al. A review of intelligent connected vehicle cooperative driving development
CN114912717B (en) Smart city guarantee housing application risk assessment method and system based on Internet of things
CN112005562A (en) Determining vehicle congestion using real-time location data
US11790289B2 (en) Systems and methods for managing dynamic transportation networks using simulated future scenarios
Bi et al. Machine learning-based cloud IOT platform for intelligent tourism information services
Petkovics et al. Crowdsensing solutions in smart cities: Introducing a horizontal architecture
WO2021136147A1 (en) Method and system for positioning preset region of shared device
US20230153742A1 (en) Methods for shared bicycle delivery and operation area planning in smart cities and internet of things (iot) systems thereof
CN111881369A (en) Method and system for detecting accuracy of recommended boarding point name
CN114707506A (en) Sorting method and system for express entering delivery site and readable storage medium
WO2021121206A1 (en) Method for determining responsibility for service accident and system
Zhang et al. Improving data quality of smartphone‐based activity–travel survey: a framework for data post‐processing
Guo et al. Research on optimization model of multisource traffic information collection combination based on genetic algorithm

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20910365

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20910365

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1